Assessments, Large Bank Pricing, 10672-10733 [2011-3086]
Download as PDF
10672
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION
12 CFR Part 327
RIN 3064–AD66
Assessments, Large Bank Pricing
Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC).
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
The FDIC is amending its
regulations to implement revisions to
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act made
by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act (‘‘DoddFrank’’) by modifying the definition of
an institution’s deposit insurance
assessment base; to change the
assessment rate adjustments; to revise
the deposit insurance assessment rate
schedules in light of the new assessment
base and altered adjustments; to
implement Dodd-Frank’s dividend
provisions; to revise the large insured
depository institution assessment
system to better differentiate for risk and
SUMMARY:
better take into account losses from
large institution failures that the FDIC
may incur; and to make technical and
other changes to the FDIC’s assessment
rules.
DATES: Effective Date: April 1, 2011.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Munsell St. Clair, Chief, Banking and
Regulatory Policy Section, Division of
Insurance and Research, (202) 898–
8967, Rose Kushmeider, Senior
Economist, Division of Insurance and
Research, (202) 898–3861; Heather
Etner, Financial Analyst, Division of
Insurance and Research, (202) 898–
6796; Lisa Ryu, Chief, Large Bank
Pricing Section, Division of Insurance
and Research, (202) 898–3538; Christine
Bradley, Senior Policy Analyst, Banking
and Regulatory Policy Section, Division
of Insurance and Research, (202) 898–
8951; Brenda Bruno, Senior Financial
Analyst, Division of Insurance and
Research, (630) 241–0359 x 8312; Robert
L. Burns, Chief, Exam Support and
Analysis, Division of Supervision and
Consumer Protection (704) 333–3132
x 4215; Christopher Bellotto, Counsel,
Legal Division, (202) 898–3801; and
Sheikha Kapoor, Counsel, Legal
Division, (202) 898–3960, 550 17th
Street, NW., Washington, DC 20429.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Dates
Except as specifically provided, the
final rule will take effect for the quarter
beginning April 1, 2011, and will be
reflected in the June 30, 2011, fund
balance and the invoices for
assessments due September 30, 2011.
II. Background
A. Current Deposit Insurance
Assessments
At present, for deposit insurance
assessment purposes, an insured
depository institution is placed into one
of four risk categories each quarter,
determined primarily by the
institution’s capital levels and
supervisory evaluation. Current annual
initial base assessment rates are set forth
in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1—CURRENT INITIAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATES 1 RISK CATEGORY
I*
II
Minimum
Annual Rates (in basis points) .................................................................
III
IV
Maximum
12
16
22
32
45
* Rates for institutions that do not pay the minimum or maximum rate will vary between these rates.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Within Risk Category I, initial base
assessment rates vary between 12 and
16 basis points. For all institutions in
Risk Category I, rates depend upon
weighted average CAMELS component
ratings and certain financial ratios. For
a large institution (generally, one with at
least $10 billion in assets) that has debt
issuer ratings, rates also depend upon
these ratings.
Initial base assessment rates are
subject to adjustment. An insured
depository institution’s total base
assessment rate can vary from its initial
base assessment rate as the result of an
unsecured debt adjustment and a
secured liability adjustment. The
unsecured debt adjustment lowers an
insured depository institution’s initial
base assessment rate using its ratio of
long-term unsecured debt (and, for
small insured depository institutions,
certain amounts of Tier 1 capital) to
domestic deposits.2 The secured
liability adjustment increases an insured
depository institution’s initial base
assessment rate if the insured
depository institution’s ratio of secured
liabilities to domestic deposits is greater
than 25 percent.3 In addition, insured
depository institutions in Risk
Categories II, III and IV are subject to an
adjustment for large levels of brokered
deposits (the brokered deposit
adjustment).4
After applying all possible
adjustments, the current minimum and
maximum total annual base assessment
rates for each risk category are set out
in Table 2 below.
1 Within Risk Category I, there are different
assessment systems for large and small insured
depository institutions, but the possible range of
rates is the same for all insured depository
institutions in Risk Category I.
2 Unsecured debt excludes debt guaranteed by the
FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee
Program.
3 The initial base assessment rate cannot increase
more than 50 percent as a result of the secured
liability adjustment.
4 12 CFR 327.9(d)(7).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
5 Specifically:
The Board may increase or decrease the total base
assessment rate schedule up to a maximum increase
of 3 basis points or a fraction thereof or a maximum
decrease of 3 basis points or a fraction thereof (after
aggregating increases and decreases), as the Board
deems necessary. Any such adjustment shall apply
uniformly to each rate in the total base assessment
rate schedule. In no case may such Board rate
adjustments result in a total base assessment rate
that is mathematically less than zero or in a total
base assessment rate schedule that, at any time, is
more than 3 basis points above or below the total
base assessment schedule for the Deposit Insurance
Fund, nor may any one such Board adjustment
constitute an increase or decrease of more than 3
basis points.
12 CFR 327.10(c). On October 19, 2010, the FDIC
adopted a new Restoration Plan that foregoes a
uniform 3 basis point increase in assessment rates
scheduled to go into effect on January 1, 2011.
Thus, the assessment rates in this final rule reflect
that change.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
adjustments have changed over the
years.)
B. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act (DoddFrank), enacted in July 2010, revised the
statutory authorities governing the
FDIC’s management of the Deposit
Insurance Fund (the DIF or the fund).
Dodd-Frank granted the FDIC the ability
to achieve goals for fund management
that it has sought to achieve for decades
but lacked the tools to accomplish:
maintaining a positive fund balance
even during a banking crisis and
maintaining moderate, steady
assessment rates throughout economic
and credit cycles.
Among other things, Dodd-Frank:
(1) Raised the minimum designated
reserve ratio (DRR), which the FDIC
must set each year, to 1.35 percent (from
the former minimum of 1.15 percent)
and removed the upper limit on the
DRR (which was formerly capped at 1.5
percent) and therefore on the size of the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fund; 6 (2) required that the fund reserve
ratio reach 1.35 percent by September
30, 2020 (rather than 1.15 percent by the
end of 2016, as formerly required); 7 (3)
required that, in setting assessments, the
FDIC ‘‘offset the effect of [requiring that
the reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by
September 30, 2020 rather than 1.15
percent by the end of 2016] on insured
depository institutions with total
consolidated assets of less than
$10,000,000,000’’; 8 (4) eliminated the
requirement that the FDIC provide
dividends from the fund when the
reserve ratio is between 1.35 percent
and 1.5 percent; 9 and (5) continued the
FDIC’s authority to declare dividends
when the reserve ratio at the end of a
calendar year is at least 1.5 percent, but
granted the FDIC sole discretion in
determining whether to suspend or limit
6 Public Law 111–203, § 334(a), 124 Stat. 1376,
1539 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(3)(B)).
7 Public Law 111–203, § 334(d), 124 Stat. 1376,
1539 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
8 Public Law 111–203, § 334(e), 124 Stat. 1376,
1539 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
9 Public Law 111–203, § 332(d), 124 Stat. 1376,
1539 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)).
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.000
The FDIC may uniformly adjust the
total base rate assessment schedule up
or down by up to 3 basis points without
further rulemaking.5
An institution’s assessment is
determined by multiplying its
assessment rate by its assessment base.
Its assessment base is, and has
historically been, domestic deposits,
with some adjustments. (These
10673
10674
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
the declaration or payment of
dividends.10
Dodd-Frank also required that the
FDIC amend its regulations to redefine
the assessment base used for calculating
deposit insurance assessments. Under
Dodd-Frank, the assessment base must,
with some possible exceptions, equal
average consolidated total assets minus
average tangible equity.11
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
C. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on
Assessment Dividends, Assessment
Rates and the Designated Reserve Ratio
Given the greater discretion to manage
the DIF granted by Dodd-Frank, the
FDIC developed a comprehensive, longrange management plan for the DIF. In
October 2010, the FDIC adopted a
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on
Assessment Dividends, Assessment
Rates and the Designated Reserve Ratio
(the October NPR) setting out the plan,
which is designed to: (1) Reduce the
pro-cyclicality in the existing risk-based
assessment system by allowing
moderate, steady assessment rates
throughout economic and credit cycles;
and (2) maintain a positive fund balance
even during a banking crisis by setting
an appropriate target fund size and a
strategy for assessment rates and
dividends.12
In developing the comprehensive
plan, the FDIC analyzed historical fund
losses and used simulated income data
from 1950 to the present to determine
how high the reserve ratio would have
to have been before the onset of the two
banking crises that occurred during this
period to maintain a positive fund
balance and stable assessment rates.
Based on this analysis and the statutory
factors that the FDIC must consider
when setting the DRR, the FDIC
proposed setting the DRR at 2 percent.
The FDIC also proposed that a moderate
assessment rate schedule, based on the
long-term average rate needed to
maintain a positive fund balance, take
effect when the fund reserve ratio
exceeds 1.15 percent.13 This schedule
10 Public Law 111–203, § 332, 124 Stat. 1376,
1539 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)(2)(B)).
11 Public Law 111–203, § 331(b), 124 Stat. 1376,
1538 (to be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
12 75 FR 66262 (Oct. 27, 2010). Pursuant to the
comprehensive plan, the FDIC also adopted a new
Restoration Plan to ensure that the DIF reserve ratio
reaches 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, as
required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act. 75 FR 66293 (Oct. 27,
2010).
13 Under section 7 of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, the FDIC has authority to set
assessments in such amounts as it determines to be
necessary or appropriate. In setting assessments, the
FDIC must consider certain enumerated factors,
including the operating expenses of the DIF, the
estimated case resolution expenses and income of
the DIF, and the projected effects of assessments on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
would be lower than the current
schedule. Finally, the FDIC proposed
suspending dividends when the fund
reserve ratio exceeds 1.5 percent.14 In
lieu of dividends, the FDIC proposed to
adopt progressively lower assessment
rate schedules when the reserve ratio
exceeds 2 percent and 2.5 percent.
D. Final Rule Setting the Designated
Reserve Ratio
In December 2010, the FDIC adopted
a final rule setting the DRR at 2 percent
(the DRR final rule), but deferred action
on the other subjects of the October NPR
(dividends and assessment rates) until
this final rule. The FDIC’s decision to
set the DRR at 2 percent was based
partly on additional historical analysis,
which is described below.
E. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on
the Assessment Base, Assessment Rate
Adjustments and Assessment Rates
In a notice of proposed rulemaking
adopted by the FDIC Board on
November 9, 2010 (the Assessment Base
NPR), the FDIC proposed to amend the
definition of an institution’s deposit
insurance assessment base consistent
with the requirements of Dodd-Frank,
modify the unsecured debt adjustment
and the brokered deposit adjustment in
light of the changes to the assessment
base, add an adjustment for long-term
debt held by an insured depository
institution where the debt is issued by
another insured depository institution,
and eliminate the secured liability
adjustment. The Assessment Base NPR
also proposed revising the current
deposit insurance assessment rate
schedule in light of the larger
assessment base required by DoddFrank and the revised adjustments. The
FDIC’s goal was to determine a rate
schedule that would have generated
approximately the same revenue as that
generated under the current rate
schedule in the second quarter of 2010
under the current assessment base. The
Assessment Base NPR also proposed
revisions to the rate schedules proposed
in the October NPR, in light of the
changes to the assessment base and the
adjustments. These revised rate
schedules were also intended to
generate the same revenue as the
corresponding rates in the October NPR.
the capital and earnings of insured depository
institutions.
14 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)(2), as amended by § 332 of
the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
F. Notices of Proposed Rulemaking on
the Assessment System Applicable to
Large Insured Depository Institutions
In April 2010, the FDIC adopted a
notice of proposed rulemaking with
request for comment to revise the riskbased assessment system for all large
insured depository institutions to better
capture risk at the time large institutions
assume the risk, to better differentiate
among institutions for risk and take a
more forward-looking view of risk, to
better take into account the losses that
the FDIC may incur if such an insured
depository institution fails, and to make
technical and other changes to the rules
governing the risk-based assessment
system (the April NPR).15
Largely as a result of changes made by
Dodd-Frank and the Assessment Base
NPR, the FDIC reissued its proposal
applicable to large insured depository
institutions for comment on November
9, 2010 (the Large Bank NPR), taking
into account comments received on the
April NPR.
In the Large Bank NPR, the FDIC
proposed eliminating risk categories and
the use of long-term debt issuer ratings
for large institutions, using a scorecard
method to calculate assessment rates for
large and highly complex institutions,
and retaining the ability to make a
limited adjustment after considering
information not included in the
scorecard. In the Large Bank NPR, the
FDIC stated that it would not make
adjustments until the guidelines for
making such adjustments are published
for comment and subsequently adopted
by the FDIC Board.
G. Update of Historical Analysis of Loss,
Income and Reserve Ratios
The analysis set out in the October
NPR to determine how high the reserve
ratio would have had to have been to
have maintained both a positive fund
15 The preamble to the Large Bank NPR
incorrectly summarized the definition of a ‘‘large
institution’’; however, the definition was correct in
the proposed regulation. The final rule, like the
proposed regulation, defines a large institution as
an insured depository institution: (1) That had
assets of $10 billion or more as of December 31,
2006 (unless, by reporting assets of less than $10
billion for four consecutive quarters since then, it
has become a small institution); or (2) that had
assets of less than $10 billion as of December 31,
2006, but has since had $10 billion or more in total
assets for at least four consecutive quarters, whether
or not the institution is new. In almost all cases, an
insured depository institution that has had $10
billion or more in total assets for four consecutive
quarters will have a CAMELS rating; however, in
the rare event that such an institution has not yet
received a CAMELS rating, it will be given a
weighted average CAMELS rating of 2 for
assessment purposes until actual CAMELS ratings
are assigned. An insured branch of a foreign bank
is excluded from the definition of a large
institution.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
10675
deposit-related assessment base). (See
Chart 1.)
The assessment base resulting from
Dodd-Frank, had it been applied to prior
years, would have been larger than the
domestic-deposit-related assessment
base, and the rates of growth of the two
assessment bases would have differed
both over time and from each other. At
any given time, therefore, applying a
constant nominal rate of 8.47 basis
points to the domestic-deposit-related
assessment base would not necessarily
have yielded exactly the same revenue
as applying 5.29 basis points to the
Dodd-Frank assessment base.
Despite these differences, the new
analysis applying a 5.29 basis point
assessment rate to the Dodd-Frank
assessment base resulted in peak reserve
ratios prior to the two crises similar to
those seen when applying an 8.47 basis
point assessment rate to a domesticdeposit-related assessment base.17 (See
Chart 2.) Both analyses show that the
fund reserve ratio would have needed to
be approximately 2 percent or more
before the onset of the 1980s and 2008
crises to maintain both a positive fund
balance and stable assessment rates,
assuming, in lieu of dividends, that the
long-term industry average nominal
assessment rate would have been
reduced by 25 percent when the reserve
ratio reached 2 percent, and by 50
percent when the reserve ratio reached
2.5 percent.18 Eliminating dividends
and reducing rates would have
successfully limited rate volatility,
whichever assessment base was used.
16 The historical analysis contained in the
October NPR is incorporated herein by reference.
17 Using the domestic-deposit-related assessment
base, reserve ratios would have peaked at 2.31
percent and 2.01 percent before the two crises. (See
Chart G in the October NPR.) Using the Dodd-Frank
assessment base, reserve ratios would have peaked
at 2.27 percent and 1.95 percent before the two
crises.
18 Dodd-Frank provides that the assessment base
be changed to average consolidated total assets
minus average tangible equity. See Public Law 111–
203, § 331(b). For this simulation, from 1990 to
2010, the assessment base equals year-end total
industry assets minus Tier 1 capital. For earlier
years (before the Tier 1 capital measure existed) it
equals year-end total industry assets minus total
equity. Other than as noted, the methodology used
in the additional analysis was the same as that used
in the October NPR.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.001
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
balance and stable assessment rates
from 1950 through 2010 assumed
assessment rates based upon an
assessment base related to domestic
deposits rather than the assessment base
required by Dodd-Frank (average
consolidated total assets minus average
tangible equity).16 The FDIC undertook
additional analysis (described in the
DRR final rule and repeated here) to
determine how the results of the
original analysis would change had the
new assessment base been in place from
1950 to 2010. Due to the larger
assessment base resulting from DoddFrank, the constant nominal assessment
rate required to maintain a positive fund
balance from 1950 to 2010 would have
been 5.29 basis points (compared with
8.47 basis points using a domestic-
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
H. Scope of the Final Rule
This final rule encompasses all of the
proposals contained in the October
NPR, the Assessment Base NPR and the
Large Bank NPR, except the proposal
setting the DRR, which was covered in
the DRR final rule.
I. Structure of the Next Sections of the
Preamble
The next sections of this preamble are
structured as follows:
• Section II briefly discusses the
number of comments received;
• Section III discusses the portion of
the final rule related to changes to the
assessment base and adjustments to
assessment rates proposed in the
Assessment Base NPR;
• Subsection IV discusses the portion
of the final rule related to dividends and
assessment rates proposed in the
Assessment Base NPR and the October
NPR; and
• Subsection V discusses the portion
of the final rule related to the
assessment system applicable to large
insured depository institutions
proposed in the Large Bank NPR.
III. Comments Received
The FDIC sought comments on every
aspect of the proposed rules. The FDIC
received a total of 55 written comments
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
on the October NPR, the Assessment
Base NPR and the Large Bank NPR,
although some were duplicative.
Comments are discussed in the relevant
sections below.
IV. The Final Rule: The Assessment
Base and Adjustments to Assessment
Rates
A. Assessment Base
As stated above, Dodd-Frank requires
that the FDIC amend its regulations to
redefine the assessment base used for
calculating deposit insurance
assessments. Specifically, Dodd-Frank
directs the FDIC:
To define the term ‘‘assessment base’’ with
respect to an insured depository institution
* * * as an amount equal to—
(1) the average consolidated total assets of
the insured depository institution during the
assessment period; minus
(2) the sum of—
(A) the average tangible equity of the
insured depository institution during the
assessment period, and
(B) in the case of an insured depository
institution that is a custodial bank (as
defined by the Corporation, based on factors
including the percentage of total revenues
generated by custodial businesses and the
level of assets under custody) or a banker’s
bank (as that term is used in * * * (12 U.S.C.
24)), an amount that the Corporation
determines is necessary to establish
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
assessments consistent with the definition
under section 7(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(1)) for a
custodial bank or a banker’s bank.19
To implement this requirement, the
FDIC, in this final rule, defines ‘‘average
consolidated total assets,’’ ‘‘average
tangible equity,’’ and ‘‘tangible equity,’’
and sets forth the basis for reporting
consolidated total assets and tangible
equity.
To establish assessments consistent
with the definition of the ‘‘risk-based
assessment system’’ under the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (the FDI Act),
Dodd-Frank also requires the FDIC to
determine whether and to what extent
adjustments to the assessment base are
appropriate for banker’s banks and
custodial banks. The final rule outlines
these adjustments and provides a
definition of ‘‘custodial bank.’’
1. Average Consolidated Total Assets
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
requires that all insured depository
institutions report their average
consolidated total assets using the
accounting methodology established for
reporting total assets as applied to Line
9 of Schedule RC–K of the Consolidated
19 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act, Public Law 111–203, § 331(b), 124
Stat. 1376, 1538 (codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.002
10676
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Reports of Condition and Income (Call
Report) (that is, the methodology
established by Schedule RC–K regarding
when to use amortized cost, historical
cost, or fair value, and how to treat
deferred tax effects). The final rule
differs from the proposed rule, however,
by allowing certain institutions to report
average consolidated total assets on a
weekly, rather than daily, basis. The
final rule requires institutions with total
assets greater than or equal to $1 billion
and all institutions that are newly
insured after March 31, 2011, to average
their balances as of the close of business
for each day during the calendar
quarter. Institutions with less than $1
billion in quarter-end consolidated total
assets on their March 31, 2011 Call
Report or Thrift Financial Report (TFR)
may report an average of the balances as
of the close of business on each
Wednesday during the calendar quarter
or may, at any time, permanently opt to
calculate average consolidated total
assets on a daily basis. Once an
institution that reports average
consolidated total assets using a weekly
average reports average consolidated
total assets of $1 billion or more for two
consecutive quarters, it shall
permanently report average
consolidated total assets using daily
averaging starting in the next quarter.
While some commenters supported
the requirement that all institutions
average their assets using daily
balances, one trade group requested that
all institutions be allowed to choose
between daily and weekly averages. In
the FDIC’s view, institutions with at
least $1 billion in assets should be able
to compute averages using daily
balances. (Many already do so.)
However, to avoid imposing transition
costs on smaller institutions (those with
less than $1 billion in assets), the final
rule allows these institutions to
calculate an average of Wednesday asset
balances, unless they opt permanently
to report daily averages.20 Newly
insured institutions incur no transition
costs (since they have no existing
systems) and, thus, must average using
daily balances.
Under the final rule, an institution’s
daily average consolidated total assets
equal the sum of the gross amount of
consolidated total assets for each
calendar day during the quarter divided
by the number of calendar days in the
quarter. An institution’s weekly average
consolidated total assets equal the sum
of the gross amount of consolidated total
assets for each Wednesday during the
20 Institutions currently may report a daily
average or an average of Wednesday assets on Call
Report Schedule RC–K.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
quarter divided by the number of
Wednesdays in the quarter. For days
that an office of the reporting institution
(or any of its subsidiaries or branches)
is closed (e.g., Saturdays, Sundays, or
holidays), the amounts outstanding from
the previous business day will be used.
An office is considered closed if there
are no transactions posted to the general
ledger as of that date.
In the case of a merger or
consolidation, the calculation of the
average assets of the surviving or
resulting institution must include the
assets of all the merged or consolidated
institutions for the days in the quarter
prior to the merger or consolidation,
regardless of the method used to
account for the merger or consolidation.
In the case of an insured depository
institution that is the parent company of
other insured depository institutions,
the final rule, like the proposed rule,
requires that the parent insured
depository institution report its daily or
weekly, average consolidated total
assets without consolidating its insured
depository institution subsidiaries into
the calculations.21 Because of
intercompany transactions, a simple
subtraction of the subsidiary insured
depository institutions’ assets and
equity from the parent insured
depository institution’s assets and
equity will not usually result in an
accurate statement of the parent insured
depository institution’s assets and
equity. This treatment is consistent with
current assessment base practice and
ensures that all parent insured
depository institutions are assessed only
for their own assessment base and not
that of their subsidiary insured
depository institutions, which will be
assessed separately.
For all other subsidiaries, assets,
including those eliminated in
consolidation, will also be calculated
using a daily or weekly averaging
method, corresponding to the daily or
weekly averaging requirement of the
parent institution. The final rule
clarifies that Call Report instructions in
effect for the quarter being reported will
govern calculation of the average
amount of subsidiaries’ assets, including
those eliminated in consolidation.
Current Call Report instructions state
that the calculation should be for the
same quarter as the assets reported by
the parent institution to the extent
practicable, but in no case differ by
more than one quarter. However, under
the final rule, once an institution reports
21 The amount of the institution’s average
consolidated total assets without consolidating its
insured depository institution subsidiaries
determines whether the institution may report a
weekly average.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10677
the average amount of subsidiaries’
assets, including those eliminated in
consolidation, using concurrent data,
the institution must do so for all
subsequent quarters.
Finally, for insured branches of
foreign banks, as in the proposed rule,
average consolidated total assets are
defined as total assets of the branch
(including net due from related
depository institutions) in accordance
with the schedule of assets and
liabilities in the Report of Assets and
Liabilities of U.S. Branches and
Agencies of Foreign Banks, but using
the accounting methodology for
reporting total assets established in
Schedule RC–K of the Call Report, and
calculated using the appropriate daily or
weekly averaging method as described
above.
In choosing to require all but smaller
insured institutions to report ‘‘average
consolidated total assets’’ using daily
averaging, the FDIC sought to develop a
measure that would be a truer reflection
of the assessment base during the entire
quarter.22 By using a methodology
already established in the Call Report,
the FDIC believes the reporting
requirements for the new assessment
base will be minimized. Finally, by
using the Call Report methodology for
reporting average consolidated total
assets, all institutions will report
average consolidated total assets
consistently.
2. Comments
Commenters favored the use of an
existing measure for average
consolidated total assets because it will
minimize the burden of the rulemaking
on institutions.
A few commenters suggested that the
FDIC deduct goodwill and intangibles
from average consolidated total assets.
According to one commenter, a loss in
value or write-off of goodwill (unlike
other assets) poses no additional risk of
loss to the FDIC in the event of a failure
of an insured institution; goodwill is not
an asset for which the FDIC as receiver
could have any expectation of recovery.
Moreover, failing to deduct goodwill
could lead to anomalous results—two
institutions that merge and create
goodwill would have a combined
assessment base greater than the sum of
the two assessment bases separately.
The FDIC is not persuaded by these
22 In this way, the daily averaging requirement is
consistent with the actions taken by the FDIC in
2006 when it determined that using quarter-end
deposit data as a proxy for balances over an entire
quarter did not accurately reflect an insured
depository institution’s typical deposit level. As a
result, the FDIC required certain institutions to
report a daily average deposit assessment base.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10678
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
arguments. Dodd-Frank specifically
states that the assessment base should
be ‘‘average consolidated total assets
minus average tangible equity.’’
Subtracting intangibles from assets as
well as equity negates the purposeful
use of the word ‘‘tangible’’ in the
definition of the new assessment base
and, in the FDIC’s view, is counter to
the intent of Congress.
A number of commenters stated that
the FDIC should exclude transactions
between affiliated banks from the
assessment base to avoid double
counting the assets associated with
these transactions in the assessment
base. Commenters acknowledge that the
FDIC currently assesses deposits
received from affiliated banks, but
believe that, with the requirement to
change the assessment base, the FDIC
should now exclude transactions
between affiliated banks. The FDIC has
generally assessed risk at the insured
institution level and is not persuaded to
change this practice.
3. Tangible Equity
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
uses Tier 1 capital as the definition of
tangible equity. Although this measure
does not eliminate all intangibles, it
eliminates many of them, and it requires
no additional reporting by insured
depository institutions. The FDIC may
reconsider the definition of tangible
equity once new Basel capital
definitions have been implemented.
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
defines the averaging period for tangible
equity to be monthly; however,
institutions that report less than $1
billion in quarter-end consolidated total
assets on their March 31, 2011 Call
Report or TFR may report average
tangible equity using an end-of-quarter
balance or may, at any time, opt to
report average tangible equity using a
monthly average balance permanently.
Once an institution that reports average
tangible equity using an end-of-quarter
balance reports average consolidated
total assets of $1 billion or more for two
consecutive quarters, it shall
permanently report average tangible
equity using monthly averaging starting
in the next quarter. Newly insured
institutions must report monthly
averages. Monthly averaging means the
average of the three month-end balances
within the quarter. For the surviving
institution in a merger or consolidation,
Tier 1 capital must be calculated as if
the merger occurred on the first day of
the quarter in which the merger or
consolidation actually occurred.
Under the final rule, as in the
proposed rule, an insured depository
institution with one or more
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
consolidated insured depository
institution subsidiaries must report
average tangible equity (or end-ofquarter tangible equity, as appropriate)
without consolidating its insured
depository institution subsidiaries into
the calculations. This requirement
conforms to the method for reporting
consolidated total assets above and
ensures that all parent insured
depository institutions will be assessed
only on their own assessment base and
not that of their subsidiary insured
depository institutions.
As in the proposed rule, an insured
depository institution that reports
average tangible equity using a monthly
averaging method and that has
subsidiaries that are not insured
depository institutions must use
monthly average data for the
subsidiaries. The monthly average data
for these subsidiaries, however, may be
calculated for the current quarter or for
the prior quarter consistent with the
method used to report average
consolidated total assets.
As in the proposed rule, for insured
branches of foreign banks, tangible
equity is defined as eligible assets
(determined in accordance with Section
347.210 of the FDIC’s regulations) less
the book value of liabilities (exclusive of
liabilities due to the foreign bank’s head
office, other branches, agencies, offices,
or wholly owned subsidiaries). This
value is to be calculated on a monthly
average or end-of-quarter basis,
according to the branch’s size.
The FDIC does not foresee a need for
any institution to report daily average
balances for tangible equity, since the
components of tangible equity appear to
be subject to less fluctuation than are
consolidated total assets. Thus, the
definition of average tangible equity in
the final rule achieves a true reflection
of tangible equity over the entire quarter
by requiring monthly averaging of
capital for institutions that account for
the majority of industry assets and endof-quarter balances for all other
institutions.
Defining tangible equity as Tier 1
capital provides a clearly understood
capital buffer for the DIF in the event of
the institution’s failure, while avoiding
an increase in regulatory burden that a
new definition of capital could cause.23
This methodology should not increase
regulatory burden, since institutions
23 The changes needed to implement the new
assessment base will require the FDIC to collect
some information from insured depository
institutions that is not currently collected on the
Call Report or TFR. However, the burden of
requiring new data will be partly offset by allowing
some assessment data that are currently collected to
be deleted from the Call Report or TFR.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with assets of $1 billion or more
generally compute their regulatory
capital ratios no less frequently than
monthly. To minimize regulatory
burden for small institutions, the
proposal allows these institutions to
report an end-of-quarter balance.
4. Comments
A number of commenters explicitly
supported the use of Tier 1 capital for
average tangible equity because this
would minimize the burden of the
rulemaking on institutions. One trade
group asked that institutions with less
than $10 billion in assets (as opposed to
less than $1 billion) be allowed to report
end-of-quarter balances rather than an
average of month-end balances on the
grounds that these institutions
experience few fluctuations in capital
and allowing them to report end-ofquarter balances would reduce burden.
The FDIC believes that many
institutions of this size already
determine their capital more frequently
than once a quarter, so that the
requested change is not needed.
5. Banker’s Bank Adjustment
Like the proposed rule, the final rule
will require a banker’s bank to certify on
its Call Report or TFR that it meets the
definition of ‘‘banker’s bank’’ as that
term is used in 12 U.S.C. 24. The selfcertification will be subject to
verification by the FDIC. The final rule,
however, clarifies that banker’s banks
that have funds from government capital
infusion programs (such as TARP and
the Small Business Lending Fund),
stock owned by the FDIC resulting from
bank failures or stock that is issued as
part of an equity compensation program
will not be excluded from the definition
of banker’s bank solely for these
reasons.24 As in the proposed rule, for
an institution that meets the definition
(with the exception noted below), the
FDIC will exclude from its assessment
base the average amount of reserve
balances ‘‘passed through’’ to the Federal
Reserve, the average amount of reserve
balances held at the Federal Reserve for
the institution’s own account, and the
average amount of the institution’s
federal funds sold. (In each case, the
average is to be calculated daily or
weekly depending on how the
24 Some commenters had asked that the FDIC use
the definition of banker’s bank contained in 12
U.S.C. 461(b)(9) (which is repeated verbatim in the
implementing regulation, 12 CFR 204.121) in lieu
of 12 U.S.C. 24. The definition of banker’s bank in
the final rule adheres to the requirement in DoddFrank that the potential assessment base reduction
apply to banker’s banks ‘‘as that term is used in
* * * 12 U.S.C. 24.’’ However, in the FDIC’s view,
the clarification in the preamble should meet the
concerns of these commenters.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
institution calculates its average
consolidated total assets.) The collective
amount of this exclusion, however,
cannot exceed the sum of the bank’s
average amount of total deposits of
commercial banks and other depository
institutions in the United States and the
average amount of its federal funds
purchased. (Again, in each case, the
average is to be calculated daily or
weekly depending on how the
institution calculates its average
consolidated total assets.) Thus, for
example, if a banker’s bank has a total
average balance of $300 million of
federal funds sold plus reserve balances
(including pass-through reserve
balances), and it has a total average
balance of $200 million of deposits from
commercial banks and other depository
institutions and federal funds
purchased, it can deduct $200 million
from its assessment base. Federal funds
purchased and sold on an agency basis
will not be included in these
calculations as they are not reported on
the balance sheet of a banker’s bank.
As in the proposed rule, the
assessment base adjustment applicable
to a banker’s bank is only available to
an institution that conducts less than 50
percent of its business with affiliates (as
defined in section 2(k) of the Bank
Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C.
1841(k)) and section 2 of the Home
Owners’ Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1462)).
Providing a benefit to a banker’s bank
that primarily serves affiliated
companies would undermine the intent
of the benefit by providing a way for
banking companies to reduce deposit
insurance assessments simply by
establishing a subsidiary for that
purpose.
Currently, the corresponding deposit
liabilities that result in ‘‘pass-through’’
reserve balances are excluded from the
assessment base. The final rule, like the
proposal, retains this exception for
banker’s banks.
A typical banker’s bank provides
liquidity and other services to its
member banks that may result in higher
than average amounts of federal funds
purchased and deposits from other
insured depository institutions and
financial institutions on a banker’s
bank’s balance sheet. To offset its
relatively high levels of these short-term
liabilities, a banker’s bank often holds a
relatively high amount of federal funds
sold and reserve balances for its own
account. The final rule, therefore, like
the proposed rule, adjusts the
assessment base of a banker’s bank to
reflect its greater need to maintain
liquidity to service its member banks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
6. Comments
Several commenters addressed the
issue of providing an adjustment to
banker’s banks. The most common
comment among the respondents was a
concern that the adjustment for federal
funds sold may have unintended
consequences for the federal funds
market. The commenters argued that
federal funds are generally sold on thin
margins and that, if non-banker’s banks
pay even a few basis points of FDIC
assessments on federal funds sold when
banker’s banks do not, the non-banker’s
banks will not be able to compete in this
market. The comments further state that
banker’s banks alone cannot provide
sufficient funding to maintain the
federal funds market at its current size
and that by providing a deduction from
assets solely for banker’s banks, the
proposal could potentially lead to a
considerable contraction of the federal
funds market with detrimental
implications for bank liquidity. The
comments suggested that the FDIC
provide a deduction for federal funds
sold for all insured depository
institutions or, alternatively, assign a
zero premium weight to federal funds
sold for all institutions.
The FDIC recognizes that, by allowing
banker’s banks to subtract federal funds
sold from their assessment base, the cost
of providing those funds for banker’s
banks will be reduced relative to other
banks that are not afforded such a
deduction. However, there is no
uniform assessment rate for all banks,
and since assessment rates will now be
applied to an assessment base of average
consolidated total assets, the cost—due
to the assessment rate—of providing
federal funds will potentially differ for
every institution. While banker’s banks
may gain an incentive to sell more
federal funds than they currently have
and may gain a larger profit from doing
so than would some other banks, it is
not clear, a priori, what their total cost
of funding will be, given that the
assessment rate is only one factor in the
cost of providing federal funds. Further,
it is not likely that non-banker’s banks
will completely withdraw from
providing federal funds as long as the
market finds such funding more
attractive than the alternatives.
Three commenters called for all
excess reserve balances maintained by
banker’s banks to be included in the
banker’s bank deduction; some also
called for the FDIC to allow a deduction
for balances due from other banks. The
FDIC clarifies that the proposed
deduction for reserve balances held at
the Federal Reserve would include all
balances due from the Federal Reserve
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10679
as reported on Schedule RC–A, line 4 of
the Call Report. Balances due from other
banks include assets that are relatively
less liquid, such as time deposits. The
FDIC does not believe it is appropriate
to include these balances in the banker’s
bank deduction.
One banker’s bank argues that
banker’s banks are subject to ‘‘double
taxation’’ because every dollar on
deposit has been received from another
bank that is also being assessed a
deposit insurance premium on its
deposits. In the FDIC’s view, there is no
double assessment, since each
institution is receiving the benefit of
deposit insurance and is paying for it.
This view is consistent with the
treatment of interbank deposits under
the current deposit insurance
assessment system, which includes
these deposits in an institution’s
assessment base.
Another bank argues that there is no
reasonable basis to deny the banker’s
bank assessment base deduction to
banker’s banks that conduct business
primarily with affiliated insured
depository institutions. This bank also
argues that the interaffiliate transactions
that such a banker’s bank engages in
result in counting the same assets twice,
once at the banker’s bank and again at
its affiliate, although overall risk is not
increased because of cross-guarantees.
The FDIC believes that, while such a
bank may meet the technical definition
of a banker’s bank, it does not serve the
same function as a true banker’s bank.
Moreover, as discussed above, the FDIC
has generally assessed risk at the
insured depository institution level (for
example, it currently assesses separately
on interaffiliate deposits) and is not
persuaded to change this practice. The
FDIC cannot invariably collect on crossguarantees from affiliated institutions,
since the guarantor may also be
insolvent or could be made insolvent by
fulfilling the guarantee.
7. Custodial Bank Definition
The final rule identifies custodial
banks as insured depository institutions
with previous calendar year-end trust
assets (that is, fiduciary and custody
and safekeeping assets, as reported on
Schedule RC–T of the Call Report) of at
least $50 billion or those insured
depository institutions that derived
more than 50 percent of their revenue
(interest income plus non-interest
income) from trust activity over the
previous calendar year. Using this
definition, the FDIC estimates that 62
insured depository institutions would
have qualified as custodial banks for
deposit insurance purposes using data
as of December 31, 2009.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10680
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
This definition differs from the
definition in the Assessment Base NPR,
in that it expands the definition to
include fiduciary assets and revenue as
well as custody and safekeeping assets
and revenue. Commenters have
convinced the FDIC that fiduciary
accounts have a custodial component,
which, in many cases, is the primary
reason for the account. This change will
mean that more institutions will qualify
under the definition.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
8. Custodial Bank Adjustment
The final rule states that the
assessment base adjustment for
custodial banks should be the daily or
weekly average—in accordance with the
way the bank reports its average
consolidated total assets—of a certain
amount of low-risk assets—designated
as assets with a Basel risk weighting of
0 percent, regardless of maturity,25 plus
50 percent of those assets with a Basel
risk weighting of 20 percent, again
regardless of maturity 26—subject to the
limitation that the daily or weekly
average value of these assets cannot
exceed the daily or weekly average
value of those deposits classified as
transaction accounts (as reported on
Schedule RC–E of the Call Report) and
identified by the institution as being
directly linked to a fiduciary or
custodial and safekeeping account.
The final rule differs from the
Assessment Base NPR in that it allows
the deduction of all 0 percent riskweighed assets and 50 percent of 20
percent risk-weighted assets without
regard to specific maturity (although the
purpose of the 50 percent reduction in
the 20 percent risk weighted assets is to
apply a sufficient haircut to those assets
to account for the risk posed by longerterm maturities). Again based upon
comments, the FDIC has concluded that
transaction accounts associated with
fiduciary and custody and safekeeping
assets generally display the
characteristics of core deposits,
justifying a relaxation of the maturity
length requirement in the proposal.27
25 Specifically, all asset types described in the
instructions to lines 34, 35, 36, and 37 of Schedule
RC–R of the Call Report as of December 31, 2010
with a Basel risk weight of 0 percent, regardless of
maturity. These types of assets are also currently
reported on corresponding line items in the TFR.
These same asset types will be used regardless of
changes to the Call Report or TFR.
26 Specifically, 50 percent of those asset types
described in the instructions to lines 34, 35, 36, and
37 of Schedule RC–R of the Call Report (or
corresponding items in the TFR) with a Basel risk
weighting of 20 percent. These types of assets are
also currently reported on corresponding line items
in the TFR. These same asset types will be used
regardless of changes to the Call Report or TFR.
27 All of the commenters on the issue disagreed
with limiting the assets eligible for the deduction
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
The final rule also differs from the
proposed rule in two other ways. First,
it allows a deduction up to the daily or
weekly average value of those deposits
classified as transaction accounts that
are identified by the institution as being
linked to a fiduciary or custodial and
safekeeping account. The final rule
includes fiduciary accounts, rather than
just custodial and safekeeping accounts,
for the reasons stated above. Second, the
final rule limits the deduction to
transaction accounts, rather than all
deposit accounts, because deposits
generated in the course of providing
custodial services (regardless of whether
there is a fiduciary aspect to the
account) are used for payments and
clearing purposes, as opposed to
deposits held in non-transaction
accounts, which may be part of a wealth
management strategy.
B. Assessment Rate Adjustments
In February 2009, the FDIC adopted a
final rule incorporating three
adjustments into the risk-based pricing
system.28 These adjustments—the
unsecured debt adjustment, the secured
liability adjustment, and the brokered
deposit adjustment—were added to
better account for risk among insured
depository institutions based on their
funding sources. In light of the changes
to the deposit insurance assessment
base required by Dodd-Frank, the final
rule modifies these adjustments. In
addition, the final rule adds an
adjustment for long-term debt held by
an insured depository institution where
the debt is issued by another insured
depository institution.
1. Unsecured Debt Adjustment
The final rule maintains the long-term
unsecured debt adjustment, but the
amount of the adjustment is now equal
to the amount of long-term unsecured
liabilities 29 an insured depository
institution reports times the sum of 40
to those with a stated maturity of 30 days or less.
Most of the comments noted that assets with 20
percent or lower Basel risk weightings are highquality and liquid, regardless of maturity, and one
commenter stated that any breakdown of these
assets by maturity would require additional
reporting as such information is not currently
collected. A number of the comments noted that the
maturity of an asset is not the only indicator of the
asset’s liquidity. Comments from the banks
generally argued that custodial deposits are
relatively stable—akin to core deposits, rather than
wholesale deposits—and, as such, it would be
imprudent for them to manage their portfolios by
matching these deposits strictly to assets with a
maturity of 30 days or less.
28 74 FR 9525 (March 4, 2009).
29 Unsecured debt remains as defined in the 2009
Final Rule on Assessments, with the exceptions
(discussed below) of the exclusion of Qualified Tier
1 capital and certain redeemable debt. See 74 FR
9537 (March 4, 2009).
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
basis points plus the institution’s initial
base assessment rate divided by the
amount of the institution’s new
assessment base; that is: 30
UDA = (Long-term unsecured liabilities/
New assessment base) * (40 basis
points + IBAR)
Thus, if an institution with a $10
billion assessment base issued $100
million in long-term unsecured
liabilities and had an initial base
assessment rate of 20 basis points, its
unsecured debt adjustment would be 0.6
basis points, which would result in an
annual reduction in the institution’s
assessment of $600,000.
All other things equal, greater
amounts of long-term unsecured debt
can reduce the FDIC’s loss in the event
of a failure, thus reducing the risk to the
DIF. Because of this, under the current
assessment system, an insured
depository institution’s assessment rate
is reduced through the unsecured debt
adjustment, which is based on the
amount of long-term, unsecured
liabilities the insured depository
institution issues. Adding the initial
base assessment rate to the adjustment
formula maintains the value of the
incentive to issue long-term unsecured
debt, providing insured depository
institutions with the same incentive to
issue long-term unsecured debt that
they have under the current assessment
system.
Unless this revision is made, the cost
of issuing long-term unsecured
liabilities will rise (as will the cost of
funding for all other liabilities except, in
most cases, domestic deposits) as there
will no longer be a distinction, in terms
of the cost of deposit insurance, among
the types of liabilities funding the new
assessment base. The FDIC remains
concerned that this will reduce the
incentive for insured depository
institutions to issue long-term
unsecured debt. Therefore, the final
rule, like the proposed rule, revises the
adjustment so that the relative cost of
issuing long-term unsecured debt will
not rise with the implementation of the
new assessment base.
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
also changes the cap on the unsecured
debt adjustment from the current 5 basis
points to the lesser of 5 basis points or
50 percent of the institution’s initial
base assessment rate. This cap will
apply to the new assessment base. This
change allows the maximum dollar
amount of the unsecured debt
adjustment to increase because the
assessment base is larger, but ensures
that the assessment rate after the
30 The IBAR is the institution’s initial base
assessment rate.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
adjustment is applied does not fall to
zero.
In addition, the final rule, like the
proposed rule, eliminates Qualified Tier
1 capital from the definition of
unsecured debt. Under the current
assessment system, the unsecured debt
adjustment includes certain amounts of
Tier 1 capital (Qualified Tier 1 capital)
for insured depository institutions with
less than $10 billion in assets. Since the
new assessment base excludes Tier 1
capital, defining long-term, unsecured
liabilities to include Qualified Tier 1
capital would have the effect of
providing a double deduction for this
capital.
Finally, the final rule, unlike the
proposed rule, slightly alters the
definition of long-term unsecured debt.
At present, and under the proposed
rule, long-term unsecured debt is
defined as long-term if the unsecured
debt has at least one year remaining
until maturity. The final rule provides
that long-term unsecured debt is longterm if the debt has at least one year
remaining until maturity, unless the
investor or holder of the debt has a
redemption option that is exercisable
within one year of the reporting date.
Such a redemption option negates the
benefit of long-term debt to the DIF.
2. Comments
Some commenters expressed support
for increasing the adjustment to 40 basis
points plus the initial base assessment
rate.
A number of commenters believed
that the long-term unsecured liability
definition should be expanded to
include short-term unsecured liabilities,
uninsured deposits and foreign office
deposits or all liabilities subordinate to
the FDIC. A few commenters also stated
that the original, rather than remaining,
maturity of unsecured debt should be
used to determine whether unsecured
debt qualifies as long term.
The FDIC does not believe that the
definition of long-term liabilities should
be expanded. Short-term unsecured
liabilities (including those that were
long-term at issuance) provide less
protection to the DIF in the event of
failure. By the time an institution fails,
unsecured debt remaining at an
institution is primarily longer-term debt
that has not yet come due. Thus,
providing a benefit for short-term
unsecured debt does not make sense,
since this kind of debt is unlikely to
provide any cushion to absorb losses in
the event of failure. Similarly, the FDIC
does not agree that unsecured debt
should include foreign office deposits,
since there is likely to be a significant
reduction in these deposits by the time
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
of failure. In addition, while, under U.S.
law, foreign deposits are subordinate to
domestic deposits in the event an
institution fails, they can be subject to
asset ring-fencing that effectively makes
them similar to secured liabilities.
One commenter stated that the longterm unsecured liability definition
should include goodwill and other
intangibles. The FDIC does not agree.
The purpose of this adjustment is to
provide an incentive for insured
depository institutions to issue longterm unsecured debt to absorb losses in
the event an institution fails. Goodwill
and other intangibles are assets (rather
than liabilities) and they provide little
to no value to the FDIC in a resolution.
One commenter recommended that
the unsecured debt adjustment cap
should be increased or removed. The
commenter argued that all long-term
unsecured claims subordinate to the
FDIC reduce the FDIC’s risk equally and
the cap artificially and arbitrarily mutes
the effect. Further, the commenter noted
that a bank with a lower initial base
assessment rate and arguably less risk to
the FDIC should not have a lower cap
simply due to its lower initial base
assessment rate. The FDIC disagrees. An
excessive deduction could create moral
hazard. While the FDIC acknowledges
that an institution with a lower initial
base assessment rate may have a lower
cap than one with a higher initial base
assessment rate, the FDIC believes that,
to avoid the potential for moral hazard
that would ensue from an assessment
rate at or near zero, all institutions
should pay some assessment. Thus,
setting the cap at half of the initial base
assessment rate is appropriate.
3. Depository Institution Debt
Adjustment
Like the proposed rule, the final rule
creates a new adjustment, the
depository institution debt adjustment
(DIDA), which is meant to offset the
benefit received by institutions that
issue long-term, unsecured liabilities
when those liabilities are held by other
insured depository institutions.31
However, in response to comments, the
final rule allows an institution to
exclude from the unsecured debt
amount used in calculating the DIDA an
amount equal to no more than 3 percent
of the institution’s Tier 1 capital as
posing de minimis risk. Therefore, the
final rule will apply a 50 basis point
DIDA to every dollar (above 3 percent of
an institution’s Tier 1 capital) of long31 For
this reason, the long-term unsecured debt
that is subject to the DIDA is defined in the same
manner as the long-term unsecured debt that
qualifies for the unsecured debt adjustment.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10681
term unsecured debt held by an insured
depository institution when that debt is
issued by another insured depository
institution.32 Specifically, the
adjustment will be determined
according to the following formula:
DIDA = [(Long-term unsecured debt
issued by another insured
depository institution—3% * Tier 1
capital) * 50 basis points]/New
assessment base
An institution should use the same
valuation methodology to calculate the
amount of long-term unsecured debt
issued by another insured depository
institution that it holds as it uses to
calculate the amount of such debt for
reporting on the asset side of the
balance sheets.
Although issuance of unsecured debt
by an insured depository institution
lessens the potential loss to the DIF in
the event of an insured depository
institution’s failure, when this debt is
held by other insured depository
institutions, the overall risk to the DIF
is not reduced as much. For this reason,
the final rule increases the assessment
rate of an insured depository institution
that holds this debt. The FDIC
considered reducing the benefit from
the unsecured debt adjustment received
by insured depository institutions when
their long-term unsecured debt is held
by other insured depository institutions,
but debt issuers generally do not track
which entities hold their debt. The FDIC
believes that the magnitude of the DIDA
will approximately offset the decrease
in the assessment rate of the issuing
institution, and will discourage insured
depository institutions from holding
excessive amounts of other insured
depository institutions’ debt.
4. Comments
A number of commenters noted that
the proposed level of 50 basis points for
the DIDA is excessive relative to the risk
presented to the FDIC. The FDIC
disagrees. A fixed level of 50 basis
points was established to generally
offset the deduction received by the
issuing institution of 40 basis points
plus the initial base assessment rate.
While the initial base assessment rate
for the issuing institution may be less or
greater than 10 basis points, the FDIC
believes that 50 basis points is an
appropriate approximation to offset the
deduction to the issuing insured
depository institution and to discourage
insured depository institutions from
32 Debt issued by an entity other than an insured
depository institution, including such an uninsured
entity that owns or controls, either directly or
indirectly, an insured depository institution, is not
subject to the DIDA.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
10682
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
holding excessive amounts of each
other’s debt, which leaves the risk from
such debt within the banking system.
A few commenters noted that a 50
basis point increase is punitive towards
insured depository institutions that
wish to manage a diversified portfolio of
earning assets, including unsecured
debt issued by strong depository insured
institutions. The FDIC recognizes that
the 50 basis point charge represents a
disincentive to insured depository
institutions to purchase the unsecured
debt of another insured institution. That
is one of the goals of the adjustment.
However, the FDIC concedes that a
small amount of debt that would
otherwise be subject to the DIDA could
be held to facilitate prudent portfolio
management activities and, as discussed
above, has created a de minimis
exception.
Another commenter noted that the
implementation of the 50-basis point
adjustment could cause banks that issue
unsecured debt to face reduced access to
liquidity and funding, resulting from an
increased cost of issuing unsecured debt
to insured depository institutions. The
FDIC believes that an increase, if any, in
the cost of funding as the result of this
adjustment will be significantly less
than the long-term unsecured debt
reduction an issuer receives. Further,
the FDIC’s exclusion of a de minimis
amount of debt issued by insured
depository institutions should minimize
or eliminate any potential effect. The
FDIC’s intent is only to permit a net
reduction in insurance premiums in the
event that the risk of default on
unsecured debt issued by an insured
depository institution has limited or no
effect on any other insured depository
institution.
A few commenters stated that a cap
should be set for the DIDA. The FDIC
disagrees, since a cap would undermine
the purpose of the DIDA.
A few commenters stated that the
DIDA will result in a reporting burden
for insured depository institutions,
particularly since CUSIP numbers do
not identify industries. The FDIC
disagrees. The FDIC believes that a bank
should know and understand the
attributes of its investments, including,
among other things, the name of the
issuer and the industry that the issuer
operates in. While the FDIC
acknowledges some reporting
modifications may have to be made at
some institutions, the FDIC believes
those changes can be accomplished at
minimal time and cost.
5. Secured Liability Adjustment
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
discontinues the secured liability
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
adjustment. In arguing for the secured
liability adjustment the FDIC stated that,
‘‘[t]he exclusion of secured liabilities
can lead to inequity. An institution with
secured liabilities in place of another’s
deposits pays a smaller deposit
insurance assessment, even if both pose
the same risk of failure and would cause
the same losses to the FDIC in the event
of failure.’’ The change in the
assessment base will eliminate the
advantage of funding with secured
liabilities associated with the current
assessment base (domestic deposits),
thus eliminating the rationale for
continuing the adjustment.
6. Comments
A few commenters stated support for
the removal of the secured liability
adjustment, although one commenter
opined that FHLB funding is more
damaging to the FDIC than brokered
deposits. On balance, the FDIC believes
that including secured liabilities in the
assessment base has removed the need
for the secured liability adjustment.
7. Brokered Deposit Adjustment
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
retains the current adjustment for
brokered deposits, but scales the
adjustment to the new assessment base
by the insured depository institution’s
ratio of domestic deposits to the new
assessment base. The new formula for
brokered deposits is the following:
BDA = ((Brokered deposits ¥ (Domestic
deposits * 10%))/New assessment
base) * 25 basis points
As discussed below, the final rule
changes the assessment system for large
institutions and eliminates risk
categories for these institutions. Based
on comments, however, the final rule
provides an exemption from the
brokered deposit adjustment for certain
large institutions. The brokered deposit
adjustment will not apply to those large
institutions that are well-capitalized and
have a composite CAMELS rating of 1
or 2. The FDIC believes that this
exemption will result in a more
equitable distribution of assessments.
The brokered deposit adjustment does
not apply to small institutions that are
well-capitalized and have a composite
CAMELS rating of 1 or 2. The brokered
deposit adjustment will continue to
apply to all other large institutions and
to small institutions in risk categories II,
III, and IV when the ratio of brokered
deposits to domestic deposits exceeds
10 percent. As discussed, small Risk
Category I institutions will continue to
be excluded.
The final rule, like the proposed rule,
maintains a cap on the adjustment of 10
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
basis points. The FDIC recognizes that
keeping the cap constant could result in
an increase in the amount an institution
is assessed due to the adjustment, since
the cap will apply to a larger assessment
base. However, the FDIC remains
concerned that significant reliance on
brokered deposits tends to increase an
institution’s risk profile, particularly as
its financial condition weakens.
8. Comments
A few commenters noted that the
FDIC has not demonstrated a positive
correlation between bank failures and
the use of brokered deposits, which is
inconsistent with a risk-based
assessment system. The FDIC disagrees.
A number of costly institution failures,
including some recent failures, involved
rapid asset growth funded through
brokered deposits. Moreover, the
presence of brokered deposits in a failed
institution tends to reduce its franchise
value, resulting in increased losses to
the DIF.
Numerous comment letters argued
that certain types of brokered deposits,
including reciprocal deposits and
sweeps, should be excluded from the
brokered deposit adjustment because
they are more stable than other types of
brokered deposits. The FDIC considered
the substance of these comments when
it originally adopted the brokered
deposit adjustment and remains
unpersuaded. The final rule does not
apply the brokered deposit adjustment
to a well-capitalized, CAMELS 1- or 2rated institution. When an institution’s
condition declines and it becomes less
than well capitalized or is not rated
CAMELS 1 or 2, statutory and market
restrictions on brokered deposits
become much more relevant. For this
reason, the FDIC has decided to
continue to include all brokered
deposits above 10 percent of an
institution’s domestic deposits in the
brokered deposit adjustment.
A few commenters noted that DoddFrank directs the FDIC to study the
definition of brokered deposits. The
commenters contend that determining
the definition of brokered deposit prior
to completion of the study is counter to
the intent of Congress. The FDIC will
continue to use its current definition for
the present, but will examine the
definition in light of the completed
study and will consider changes then, if
appropriate.
One commenter argued for a
reduction of the cap from 10 basis
points to 6.5 basis points given the
increase in assessment base. While the
FDIC acknowledges that maintaining the
10 basis point cap could increase the
size of the adjustment as a result in the
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10683
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
change in assessment base, the FDIC
believes this increase is appropriate.
The FDIC remains concerned that
significant reliance on brokered deposits
tends to increase an institution’s risk
profile, particularly as it weakens.
V. The Final Rule: Dividends and
Assessment Rates
A. Dividends
1. Final Rule
As proposed in the October NPR and
consistent with the FDIC’s long-term,
comprehensive plan for fund
management, the final rule suspends
dividends indefinitely whenever the
fund reserve ratio exceeds 1.5 percent to
increase the probability that the fund
reserve ratio will reach a level sufficient
to withstand a future crisis.33 In lieu of
dividends, and pursuant to its authority
to set risk-based assessments, the final
rule adopts progressively lower
assessment rate schedules when the
reserve ratio exceeds 2 percent and 2.5
percent, as discussed below. These
lower assessment rate schedules serve
much the same function as dividends in
preventing the DIF from growing
unnecessarily large but, as discussed in
the October NPR, provide more stable
and predictable effective assessment
rates, a feature that industry
representatives said was very important
at the September 24, 2010 roundtable
organized by the FDIC.
2. Comments
In the October NPR, the FDIC had
proposed suspending dividends
‘‘permanently.’’ One trade group,
representing community banks, agreed
that permanently foregoing dividends:
[I]s much more likely to ensure steady,
predictable assessment rates. While we think
that the FDIC should never completely rule
out the possibility of paying a dividend from
the DIF, we believe that at least until the DIF
reserve ratio reaches 2.5 percent, it is prudent
to forego a dividend in favor of steady,
predictable assessment rates.
Another trade group argued that a
permanent suspension of dividends is
an unnecessary limitation on the FDIC’s
discretion under Dodd-Frank. The trade
group argued that decisions on
dividends should be based on facts and
circumstances whenever the reserve
ratio exceeds 1.5 percent. If the
suspension is adopted, the trade group
believes that the FDIC should provide
that it could be lifted in appropriate
circumstances.
The FDIC is persuaded that the word
‘‘indefinitely’’ should be used in place of
the word ‘‘permanently,’’ although the
distinction is semantic. The rule is not
intended to, and in any event, could not
abrogate the authority of future FDIC
Boards of Directors to adopt a different
rule governing dividends.
Another trade group argued that the
FDIC should establish a dividend policy
to slow the growth of the insurance fund
as it approaches an upper limit. In the
FDIC’s view, the historical analysis set
out in the October NPR and updated in
the DRR final rule, as described above,
reveals that lower rates, like dividends,
can effectively slow the growth of the
reserve ratio, but can lead to less
volatility in effective assessment rates.
B. Assessment Rate Schedules
1. Rate Schedule Effective April 1, 2011
Pursuant to the FDIC’s authority to set
assessments, the initial and total base
assessment rates described in Table 3
below will become effective April 1,
2011. These rates are identical to those
proposed in the Assessment Base NPR.
(The rate schedule does not include the
depository institution debt adjustment.)
TABLE 3—INITIAL AND TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATES *
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment ** .............................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
5–9
(4.5)–0
14
(5)–0
0–10
23
(5)–0
0–10
35
(5)–0
0–10
5–35
(5)–0
0–10
Total Base Assessment Rate .......................................
2.5–9
9–24
18–33
30–45
2.5–45
* Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
** The unsecured debt adjustment cannot exceed the lesser of 5 basis points or 50 percent of an insured depository institution’s initial base assessment rate; thus for example, an insured depository institution with an initial base assessment rate of 5 basis points will have a maximum unsecured debt adjustment of 2.5 basis points and cannot have a total base assessment rate lower than 2.5 basis points.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
The FDIC believes that the change to
a new, expanded assessment base
should not change the overall amount of
assessment revenue that the FDIC would
otherwise have collected using the
assessment rate schedule under the
Restoration Plan adopted by the Board
on October 19, 2010.34 Several industry
trade groups and insured institutions
supported this approach. Based on the
FDIC’s estimations, the rate schedule in
Table 3 above will result in the
collection of assessment revenue that is
approximately revenue neutral.35 36
Because the new assessment base under
Dodd-Frank is larger than the current
assessment base, the assessment rates in
Table 3 above are lower than current
rates.
The rate schedule in Table 3 includes
a column for institutions with at least
$10 billion in total assets. This column
represents the assessment rates that will
be applied to institutions of this size
pursuant to the changes to the large
institution pricing system discussed
below. The range of total base
assessment rates (2.5 basis points to 45
basis points) is the same for institutions
of all sizes; however, institutions with at
least $10 billion in total assets will not
be assigned to risk categories.
33 As discussed above, Dodd-Frank continued the
FDIC’s authority to declare dividends when the
reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least
1.5 percent, but granted the FDIC sole discretion in
determining whether to suspend or limit the
declaration or payment of dividends. Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,
Public Law 111–203, § 332, 124 Stat. 1376, 1539
(codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)(2)(B)).
34 75 FR 66293 (October 27, 2010).
35 Specifically, the FDIC has attempted to
determine a rate schedule that would have
generated approximately the same revenue as that
generated under the current rate schedule in the
second and third quarters of 2010 using the current
assessment base.
36 As discussed earlier, under Dodd-Frank, the
FDIC is required to offset the effect on small
institutions (those with less than $10 billion in
assets) of the statutory requirement that the fund
reserve ratio increase from 1.15 percent to 1.35
percent by September 30, 2020. Thus, assessment
rates applicable to all insured depository
institutions need only be set high enough to reach
1.15 percent. The Restoration Plan postpones until
later this year rulemaking regarding the method that
will be used to reach 1.35 percent by the statutory
deadline of September 30, 2020, and the manner of
offset.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10684
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The final rule retains the FDIC
Board’s flexibility to adopt actual rates
that are higher or lower than total base
assessment rates without the necessity
of further notice-and-comment
rulemaking, but provides that: (1) The
Board cannot increase or decrease rates
from one quarter to the next by more
than 2 basis points (rather than the
current and proposed 3 basis points);
and (2) cumulative increases and
decreases cannot be more than 2 basis
points higher or lower than the total
base assessment rates. Retention of this
flexibility (with the proportionate
reduction in the size of the adjustment)
will continue to allow the Board to act
in a timely manner to fulfill its mandate
to raise the reserve ratio in accordance
with the Restoration Plan, particularly
in light of the increased uncertainty
about expected revenue resulting from
the change in the assessment base. The
reduction from 3 to 2 basis points was
prompted by an industry trade group,
which noted that 2 basis points of the
new assessment base is approximately
equal to 3 basis points of the domestic
deposit assessment base.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
2. Analysis of Statutory Factors for the
New Rate Schedule
In setting assessment rates, the FDIC’s
Board of Directors is authorized to set
assessments for insured depository
institutions in such amounts as the
Board of Directors may determine to be
necessary or appropriate.37 In setting
assessment rates, the FDIC’s Board of
Directors is required by statute to
consider the following factors:
(i) The estimated operating expenses
of the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(ii) The estimated case resolution
expenses and income of the Deposit
Insurance Fund.
(iii) The projected effects of the
payment of assessments on the capital
and earnings of insured depository
institutions.
(iv) The risk factors and other factors
taken into account pursuant to section
7(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act (12 U.S.C Section 1817(b)(1)) under
the risk-based assessment system,
including the requirement under section
7(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C Section
1817(b)(1)(A)) to maintain a risk-based
system.38
37 12
U.S.C. 1817(b)(2)(A).
risk factors referred to in factor (iv)
include:
(i) The probability that the Deposit Insurance
Fund will incur a loss with respect to the
institution, taking into consideration the risks
attributable to—
(I) Different categories and concentrations of
assets;
38 The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(v) Other factors the Board of
Directors has determined to be
appropriate.
Section 7(b)(2) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(2)(B).
When the Board adopted the most
recent Restoration Plan, it left the
current assessment rate schedule in
effect and took these statutory factors
into account. The Restoration Plan
requires that the FDIC update income
and loss projections semiannually. The
Board’s decision to leave current
assessment rates in effect was based on
the FDIC’s most recent projections,
which projected lower expected losses
for the period 2010 through 2014 than
the FDIC’s projections in June 2010
(approximately $50 billion rather than
approximately $60 billion as projected
in June 2010).39 Because of the lower
expected losses and the additional time
provided by Dodd-Frank to meet the
minimum (albeit higher) required
reserve ratio, the FDIC opted, in the new
Restoration Plan, to forego the uniform
3 basis point increase in assessment
rates previously scheduled to go into
effect on January 1, 2011. The FDIC
estimated that the fund reserve ratio
will reach 1.15 percent in 2018, even
without the 3 basis point uniform
increase in rates. As stated above, the
final rule changes the current
assessment rate schedule such that the
new assessment rate schedule (applied
against the new assessment base) will
result in the collection of about the
same amount of assessment revenue as
the current assessment rate schedule
applied against the domestic deposit
assessment base.
For this reason, as stated in the
Assessment Base NPR, the new
assessment rates and assessment base
should, overall, have no effect on the
capital and earnings of the banking
industry, although the new rates and
base will affect the earnings and capital
of individual institutions. The great
majority of institutions will pay
assessments at least 5 percent lower
than currently and would thus have
higher earnings and capital. However,
117 insured depository institutions,
comprising 71 small institutions and 46
(II) Different categories and concentrations of
liabilities, both insured and uninsured, contingent
and noncontingent; and
(III) Any other factors the Corporation determines
are relevant to assessing such probability;
(ii) The likely amount of any such loss; and
(iii) The revenue needs of the Deposit Insurance
Fund.
Section 7(b)(1)(C) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(1)(C)).
39 The projections also cover expenses and the
reserve ratio. The FDIC anticipates that the next
semiannual update of projections will occur in the
first half of 2011.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
large institutions, would pay
assessments at least 5 percent higher
than they currently do. Appendix 1
contains additional detail on the
projected effects of increases or
decreases in assessments on the capital
and earnings of insured depository
institutions.
3. Comments on New Rate Schedule
Comments on the new rate schedule
effective April 1, 2011, focused on two
areas: The appropriateness of the shift
in the rate schedule due to the new
assessment base and the speed at which
these rates would restore the DIF to 1.15
percent. As stated above, commenters
generally supported the rate schedule in
light of the new assessment base, since
it maintains approximate revenue
neutrality.
Several trade groups believed that the
FDIC’s projection for how quickly the
reserve ratio will recover was too
pessimistic and, thus, the rate schedule
to restore the DIF was too high. A trade
group believed that the revenue from
the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee
Program will allow the reserve ratio to
reach 1.35 percent by 2017. A trade
group also suggested basing reserve ratio
projections on loss rates from the
recovery period after the crisis of the
early 1990s. Some commenters urged
the FDIC to monitor progress of the
Restoration Plan and reduce rates if the
DIF reserve ratio reaches 1.35 percent
more quickly than the FDIC has
projected.
The FDIC has projected that the
reserve ratio will reach 1.15 percent at
the end of 2018. This projection was
based on approximately $50 billion in
losses from bank failures in 2010
through 2014 with markedly lower
losses thereafter. (In fact, losses for 2017
and each year thereafter were assumed
to equal average annual losses from
1995 to 2004, a period of very low fund
losses.) The FDIC did not include
income from the TLGP, because it
believes that it is too early to determine
the amount that may be transferred to
the DIF when the TLGP ends at the end
of 2012.
The FDIC does not believe that its
projections are too pessimistic. Given
the uncertainty of the pace of recovery
in the economy and banking industry,
as well as the uncertainty inherent in
projecting reserve ratios eight years in
advance, the FDIC believes that
lowering assessment rates now (in
addition to foregoing the 3 basis point
rate increase previously scheduled to
take effect in 2011) would not be
prudent. However, under the
Restoration Plan, the FDIC is required to
update its loss and income projections
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
for the fund at least semiannually and,
if necessary—for example, if there is a
change in the projected losses from bank
failures—increase or decrease
assessment rates to meet the statutory
minimum reserve ratio by September
2020. (Such an increase or decrease
would not affect the assessment rate
schedules below.)
An industry trade group commented
that, given the FDIC’s decision in
October 2010 to forego the uniform 3
basis point increase in assessment rates
scheduled to go into effect on January 1,
2011, the FDIC should reassess its cash
needs and return excess prepaid
assessments earlier, such as by
December 2011. The FDIC will continue
to monitor its cash resources to
determine whether to undertake a
rulemaking to return unused portions of
the prepayments before the scheduled
return date.
4. Rate Schedule Once the Reserve Ratio
Reaches 1.15 Percent
Pursuant to the FDIC’s authority to set
assessments, the initial base and total
base assessment rates set forth in Table
4 below will take effect beginning the
10685
assessment period after the fund reserve
ratio first meets or exceeds 1.15 percent,
without the necessity of further action
by the FDIC’s Board. These rates are
identical to those proposed in the
Assessment Base NPR. The rates will
remain in effect unless and until the
reserve ratio meets or exceeds 2 percent.
The FDIC’s Board will retain its
authority to uniformly adjust the total
base rate assessment schedule up or
down without further rulemaking, but
the adjustment cannot exceed 2 basis
points.
TABLE 4—INITIAL AND TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATES *
[Once the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent and the reserve ratio for the immediately prior assessment period Is less than 2 percent 40]
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment ** .............................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
3–7
(3.5)–0
........................
12
(5)–0
0–10
19
(5)–0
0–10
30
(5)–0
0–10
3–30
(5)–0
0–10
Total Base Assessment Rate .......................................
1.5–7
7–22
14–29
25–40
1.5–40
* Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
** The unsecured debt adjustment cannot exceed the lesser of 5 basis points or 50 percent of an insured depository institution’s initial base assessment rate; thus, for example, an insured depository institution with an initial base assessment rate of 3 basis points will have a maximum unsecured debt adjustment of 1.5 basis points and cannot have a total base assessment rate lower than 1.5 basis points.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
When the reserve ratio reaches 1.15
percent, the FDIC believes that it is
appropriate to lower assessment rates so
that the average assessment rate will
approximately equal the long-term
moderate, steady assessment rate—5.29
basis points, as discussed in the October
NPR and the DRR final rule—that would
have been needed to maintain a positive
fund balance throughout past crises.41
Doing so is consistent with the goals of
the FDIC’s comprehensive, long-term
fund management plan, which are to: (1)
Reduce the pro-cyclicality in the
existing risk-based assessment system
by allowing moderate, steady
assessment rates throughout economic
and credit cycles; and (2) maintain a
positive fund balance even during a
banking crisis by setting an appropriate
target fund size and a strategy for
assessment rates and dividends.
The FDIC considers these goals
important for several reasons. During an
economic and banking downturn,
insured institutions can least afford to
pay high deposit insurance assessment
rates. Moreover, high assessment rates
during a downturn reduce the amount
that banks can lend when the economy
most needs new lending. Consequently,
it is important to reduce pro-cyclicality
in the assessment system and allow
moderate, steady assessment rates
throughout economic and credit cycles.
As discussed above, at a September 24,
2010 roundtable organized by the FDIC,
bank executives and industry trade
group representatives uniformly favored
steady, predictable assessments and
objected to high assessment rates during
crises.
It is also important that the fund not
decline to a level that could risk
undermining public confidence in
federal deposit insurance. Furthermore,
although the FDIC has significant
authority to borrow from the Treasury to
cover losses when the fund balance
approaches zero, the FDIC views the
Treasury line of credit as available to
cover unforeseen losses, not as a source
of financing projected losses. A
sufficiently large fund is a necessary
precondition to maintaining a positive
fund balance during a banking crisis
40 The Assessment Base NPR contained a
typographical error in the lower range of the total
base assessment rates for Risk Category IV. It stated
that the range of rates was 29 basis points to 40
basis points; it should have stated that the range
was 25 basis points to 40 basis points. The final rule
corrects the error.
41 The FDIC arrived at the rate schedule in Table
4 as follows. First, the FDIC determined the rate
schedule that would have been needed during a
period when insured depository institutions had
strong earnings to achieve approximately an 8.5
basis point average assessment rate, which is the
long-term, moderate, steady assessment rate that
would have been needed to maintain a positive
fund balance throughout past crises using a
domestic deposit assessment base. Based on the
FDIC’s analysis of weighted average assessment
rates paid immediately prior to the current crisis
(when the industry was relatively prosperous, and
had both good CAMELS ratings and substantial
capital), weighted average rates during times of
industry prosperity tend to be somewhat less than
1 basis point greater than the minimum initial base
assessment rate applicable to Risk Category I (for
rates applicable to a domestic deposit assessment
base). The first year in which rates applicable to
Risk Category I spanned a range (as opposed to
being a single rate) was 2007, when initial
assessment rates ranged between 5 and 7 basis
points. During that year, weighted average
annualized industry assessment rates for the first
three quarters varied between 5.41 and 5.44 basis
points. (By the end of 2007, deterioration in the
industry became more marked and weighted
average rates began increasing.) The difference
between the minimum rate and the weighted
average rate (approximately 0.4 basis points) is 20
percent of the 2 basis point difference between the
then existing minimum and maximum rates. 20
percent of the 4 basis point difference between the
current, domestic deposit minimum and maximum
rates is 0.8 basis points. By analogy, in 2007 the
current assessment schedule would have produced
average assessment rates of about 12.8 basis points.
Thus, to achieve, during prosperous times,
approximately an 8.5 basis point average
assessment rate, initial base rates would have to be
set about 4 basis points lower than current initial
base assessment rates (applied against the domestic
deposit assessment base). This analysis underlay
the rate schedule in the October NPR that was
proposed to become effective when the reserve ratio
reaches 1.15 percent. As of June 30, 2010, the rate
schedule in Table 4 applied against the Dodd-Frank
mandated assessment base would have produced
approximately the same amount of revenue as the
October NPR’s proposed rate schedule applied
against the domestic deposit assessment base.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:11 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10686
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
and allowing for long-term, steady
assessment rates.
5. Rate Schedule Once the Reserve Ratio
Reaches 2.0 Percent
In lieu of dividends, and pursuant to
the FDIC’s authority to set assessments,
the initial base and total base
assessment rates set forth in Table 5
below will come into effect without
further action by the FDIC Board when
the fund reserve ratio at the end of the
prior assessment period meets or
exceeds 2 percent, but is less than 2.5
percent.42 These rates are identical to
those proposed in the Assessment Base
NPR. The FDIC’s Board will retain its
authority to uniformly adjust the total
base rate assessment schedule up or
down without further rulemaking, but
the adjustment cannot exceed 2 basis
points.43
TABLE 5—INITIAL AND TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATES *
[If the reserve ratio for prior assessment period is equal to or greater than 2 percent and less than 2.5 percent]
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment ** .............................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
2–6
(3)–0
........................
10
(5)–0
0–10
17
(5)–0
0–10
28
(5)–0
0–10
2–28
(5)–0
0–10
Total Base Assessment Rate .......................................
1–6
5–20
12–27
23–38
1–38
* Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
** The unsecured debt adjustment could not exceed the lesser of 5 basis points or 50 percent of an insured depository institution’s initial base
assessment rate; thus, for example, an insured depository institution with an initial assessment rate of 2 basis points will have a maximum unsecured debt adjustment of 1 basis point and could not have a total base assessment rate lower than 1 basis point.
The historical analysis discussed
above revealed that, in lieu of
dividends, reducing the 5.29 basis point
weighted average assessment rate by 25
percent when the reserve ratio reached
2 percent allowed the fund to remain
positive during prior banking crises and
successfully limited rate volatility. The
assessment rates in Table 5 should
produce a weighted average assessment
rate approximately 25 percent lower
than the assessment rates in Table 4
during periods of industry prosperity.44
6. Rate Schedule Once the Reserve Ratio
Reaches 2.5 Percent
Also in lieu of dividends, and
pursuant to the FDIC’s authority to set
assessments, the initial base and total
base assessment rates set forth in Table
6 below will come into effect without
further action by the FDIC Board when
the fund reserve ratio at the end of the
prior assessment period meets or
exceeds 2.5 percent.45 These rates are
identical to those proposed in the
Assessment Base NPR. The FDIC’s
Board will retain its authority to
uniformly adjust the total base rate
assessment schedule up or down
without further rulemaking, but the
adjustment cannot exceed 2 basis
points.46
TABLE 6—INITIAL AND TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATES *
[If the reserve ratio for the prior assessment period is equal to or greater than 2.5 percent]
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment ** .............................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
1–5
(2.5)–0
........................
9
(4.5)–0
0–10
15
(5)–0
0–10
25
(5)–0
0–10
1–25
(5)–0
0–10
Total Base Assessment Rate .......................................
0.5–5
4.5–19
10–25
20–35
0.5–35
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
* Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
** The unsecured debt adjustment could not exceed the lesser of 5 basis points or 50 percent of an insured depository institution’s initial base
assessment rate; thus, for example, an insured depository institution with an initial assessment rate of 1 basis point will have a maximum unsecured debt adjustment of 0.5 basis points and could not have a total base assessment rate lower than 0.5 basis points.
42 New institutions will remain subject to the
assessment schedule in Table 4 when the reserve
ratio reaches 2 percent. Subject to exceptions, a new
insured depository institution is a bank or savings
association that has been federally insured for less
than five years as of the last day of any quarter for
which it is being assessed. 12 CFR 327.8(j).
43 However, the lowest total base assessment rate
cannot be negative.
44 The FDIC arrived at the rate schedule in Table
5 as follows. As described in an earlier footnote,
based on the FDIC’s analysis of weighted average
assessment rates paid immediately prior to the
current crisis (when the industry was relatively
prosperous, and had both good CAMELS ratings
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
and substantial capital), weighted average rates
during times of industry prosperity tend to be
somewhat less than 1 basis point greater than the
minimum initial base assessment rate applicable to
Risk Category I (for rates applicable to a domestic
deposit assessment base). Given this relationship, as
described in an earlier footnote, the FDIC
determined that the rate schedule that would have
been needed during prosperous times to achieve
approximately an 8.5 basis point average
assessment rate would have had a minimum initial
base assessment rate of 8 basis points. Similarly, the
assessment rate schedule that, when applied to the
domestic deposit assessment base would reduce the
weighted average assessment rate by approximately
25 percent, would have had a minimum initial base
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
assessment rate of 6 basis points (Table 4 in the
October NPR). The FDIC then determined the
relative diminution in assessment revenue that
would have occurred using Table 4, rather than
current assessment rates, applied against the
domestic deposit assessment base as of June 30,
2010. Applying the rates in Table 5 rather than
those in Table 4 against the Dodd-Frank assessment
base as of June 30, 2010, would have produced a
similar relative diminution in assessment revenue.
45 New institutions will remain subject to the
assessment schedule in Table 4 when the reserve
ratio reaches 2.5 percent.
46 However, the lowest initial base assessment
rate cannot be negative.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The historical analysis discussed
above revealed that, in lieu of
dividends, further reducing the 5.29
basis point weighted average assessment
rate by 25 percent when the reserve
ratio reached 2 percent and by 50
percent when the reserve ratio reached
2.5 percent allowed the fund to remain
positive during prior banking crises and
successfully limited rate volatility. The
assessment rates in Table 6 should
produce a weighted average assessment
rate approximately 50 percent lower
than the assessment rates in Table 4
during periods of industry prosperity.47
7. Analysis of Statutory Factors for
Future Rate Schedules
The FDIC Board took into account the
required statutory factors when
adopting the rate schedules that will
take effect when the reserve ratio
reaches 1.15 percent, 2 percent and 2.5
percent.48 These rate schedules were
based on the historical analysis in the
October NPR and the updated historical
analysis in the DRR final rule. These
analyses took into account fund
operating expenses, resolution expenses
and income over many decades to
determine assessment rates that would
keep the fund positive and assessment
rates stable even during crises like those
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
47 The
FDIC arrived at the rate schedule in Table
6 as follows. As described in an earlier footnote,
based on the FDIC’s analysis of weighted average
assessment rates paid immediately prior to the
current crisis (when the industry was relatively
prosperous, and had both good CAMELS ratings
and substantial capital), weighted average rates
during times of industry prosperity tend to be
somewhat less than 1 basis point greater than the
minimum initial base assessment rate applicable to
Risk Category I (for rates applicable to a domestic
deposit assessment base). Given this relationship, as
described in an earlier footnote, the FDIC
determined that the rate schedule that would have
been needed during prosperous times to achieve
approximately an 8.5 basis point average
assessment rate would have had a minimum initial
base assessment rate of 8 basis points. Similarly, the
assessment rate schedule that, when applied to the
domestic deposit assessment base would reduce the
weighted average assessment rate by approximately
50 percent, would have had a minimum initial base
assessment rate of 4 basis points (Table 5 in the
October NPR). The FDIC then determined the
relative diminution in assessment revenue that
would have occurred using Table 5, rather than
current assessment rates, applied against the
domestic deposit assessment base as of June 30,
2010. Applying the rates in Table 6 rather than
those in Table 4 against the Dodd-Frank assessment
base as of June 30, 2010, would have produced a
similar relative diminution in assessment revenue.
48 As noted earlier, in setting assessment rates, the
FDIC’s Board of Directors is authorized to set
assessments for insured depository institutions in
such amounts as the Board of Directors may
determine to be necessary. 12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(2)(A).
In so doing, the Board must consider certain
statutorily defined factors. 12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(2)(B).
As reflected in the text, the FDIC has taken into
account all of these statutory factors.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
that have occurred within the past 30
years.
As the FDIC stated in the October
NPR, it anticipates that when the
reserve ratio exceeds 1.15 percent, and
particularly when it exceeds 2 or 2.5
percent, the industry is likely to be
prosperous. Consequently, to determine
the effect on earnings and capital of
lowering rates (once the reserve ratio
thresholds are met) after taking into
account the new assessment base, the
FDIC examined the effect of the lower
rates on the industry at the end of 2006,
when the industry was prosperous.
Under that scenario, reducing
assessment rates when the reserve ratio
reaches 1.15 percent would have
increased average after-tax income by
1.25 percent and average capital by 0.14
percent. Reducing assessment rates
when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent
would have further increased average
after-tax income by 0.62 percent and
average capital by 0.07 percent.
Similarly, reducing assessment rates
when the reserve ratio reaches 2.5
percent would have further increased
average after-tax income by 0.61 percent
and average capital by 0.07 percent.
Decreasing assessment rates as provided
in the final rule would not negatively
affect the capital or earnings of any
insured depository institution.
8. Comments on Future Rate Schedules
Commenters generally favored the
establishment of a long-term, steady,
predictable rate schedule that does not
fluctuate with economic and credit
cycles. One trade group stated that ‘‘[t]he
more consistent and steady the
premiums can be, the better bankers are
able to plan and continue their work in
their local communities.’’ The FDIC
agrees that setting this long-term rate
schedule now will bring more stability
and transparency to the deposit
insurance system.
However, an industry trade group
argued that, by maintaining the 4 basis
point difference between minimum and
maximum Risk Category I initial base
assessment rates and applying these
rates to a larger assessment base, the
proposed assessment rates would
effectively widen the assessment spread
within Risk Category I. The trade group
recommended that the spread be
reduced when the FDIC lowers the
overall assessment schedule in the
future. The FDIC is not convinced. In
the FDIC’s view, risk differentiation
becomes more important during times of
banking prosperity, particularly when
an expansion continues for a long
period. During these periods, insured
depository institutions are lending more
and taking on more risk and greater risk
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10687
differentiation allows this risk to be
captured.
One trade group argued that these
assessment rates would cause the
reserve ratio to increase from 1.15
percent to 2 percent within 3 years and
were therefore too high. The FDIC
disagrees. The FDIC projects that it will
take about 9 years for the fund to grow
from 1.15 percent to 2 percent,
assuming very low fund losses (the
average loss rate from 1995 to 2004, a
period of very low fund losses) and
forward interest rates as of the date the
projection was made.49
This trade group also stated that the
rate reductions at 2 and 2.5 percent do
not effectively restrict the growth of the
insurance fund and instead create an
‘‘effective floor’’ for the fund. The trade
group also argued that the FDIC’s
analysis ignored the large amount of
interest income that would be generated
by a fund with a reserve ratio of 2
percent, and that this would be
particularly significant during periods
of stability and low losses to the fund.
As described in the section on
dividends above, the FDIC believes the
rate decreases do effectively limit the
growth of the insurance fund while
preventing the moral hazard that would
occur if institutions paid no assessments
at all. Furthermore, the FDIC’s analysis
reveals that it would require very low
losses over many years for the fund to
reach 2.5 percent. Given the experience
of the past 30 years, the FDIC considers
it unlikely that the fund would
experience such a prolonged period of
low losses. Moreover, in the FDIC’s 75
year history, the fund reserve ratio has
never reached 2 percent.50
Moreover, the FDIC’s analysis did not
ignore interest income. The analysis
simulated fund growth by combining
assessment income and investment
income earned based on historical
interest rates. The analysis covered
periods of stability and low losses as
well as crisis periods accompanied by
high losses. It covered periods of high
interest rates as well as low rates. The
simulated fund also covered an
extended period during which the fund
reached or exceeded a reserve ratio of 2
percent. This period was not
49 Using forward interest rates as of December 3,
2010, when forward rates were slightly higher than
those used in the original projection, the FDIC still
projects that it will take 8 years for the fund to grow
from 1.15 percent to 2 percent.
50 In addition, the rule does not create an effective
floor above 2 percent. In the analysis, when the
reserve ratio fell below 2 percent, rates did not need
to rise above the necessary long-term assessment
rate to keep the fund from becoming negative.
Instead, rates could be held constant at the longterm assessment rate in keeping with the goal of
reducing pro-cyclicality.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10688
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
accompanied by rapid fund growth, and
fund growth was limited by assessment
rate reductions. Had fund growth not
been interrupted by periods of high
losses during the 60-year period, the
fund might gradually have reached a
much larger size, but, historically,
unbroken periods of stability are not the
norm—rather they are interrupted by
periods of high losses when the fund’s
growth decreases significantly.
VI. The Final Rule: Risk-Based
Assessment System for Large Insured
Depository Institutions
A. Overview of the Large Bank RiskBased Assessment System
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
The final rule amends the assessment
system applicable to large insured
depository institutions to better capture
risk at the time the institution assumes
the risk, to better differentiate risk
among large insured depository
institutions during periods of good
economic and banking conditions based
on how they would fare during periods
of stress or economic downturns, and to
better take into account the losses that
the FDIC may incur if a large insured
depository institution fails. Except
where noted, the final rule adopts the
proposals in the Large Bank NPR.
The final rule eliminates risk
categories and the use of long-term debt
issuer ratings for calculating risk-based
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
assessments for large institutions.51
Instead, assessment rates will be
calculated using a scorecard that
combines CAMELS ratings and certain
forward-looking financial measures to
assess the risk a large institution poses
to the DIF. One scorecard will apply to
most large institutions and another to
institutions that are structurally and
operationally complex or that pose
unique challenges and risk in the case
of failure (highly complex
institutions).52
51 Dodd-Frank requires all federal agencies to
review and modify regulations to remove reliance
upon credit ratings and substitute an alternative
standard of creditworthiness. Public Law 111–203,
§ 939A, 124 Stat. 1376, 1886 (15 U.S.C. 78o–7 note).
52 A ‘‘highly complex institution’’ is defined as:
(1) An IDI (excluding a credit card bank) that has
had $50 billion or more in total assets for at least
four consecutive quarters that either is controlled
by a U.S. parent holding company that has had
$500 billion or more in total assets for four
consecutive quarters, or is controlled by one or
more intermediate U.S. parent holding companies
that are controlled by a U.S. holding company that
has had $500 billion or more in assets for four
consecutive quarters, and (2) a processing bank or
trust company. A processing bank or trust company
is an insured depository institution whose last three
years’ non-lending interest income, fiduciary
revenues, and investment banking fees, combined,
exceed 50 percent of total revenues (and its last
three years fiduciary revenues are non-zero), whose
total fiduciary assets total $500 billion or more and
whose total assets for at least four consecutive
quarters have been $10 billion or more. The final
rule clarifies that only U.S. holding companies
come within the definition of highly complex
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The scorecards use quantitative
measures that are readily available and
useful in predicting a large institution’s
long-term performance.53 These
measures are meant to differentiate risk
based on how large institutions would
fare during periods of economic stress.
Experience during the recent crisis
shows that periods of stress reveal risks
that remained hidden during periods of
prosperity. As discussed in the Large
Bank NPR and shown in Chart 3, over
the 2005 to 2008 period, the new
measures were useful in predicting
performance of large institutions in
2009.
institution. Control has the same meaning as in
section 3(w)(5) of the FDI Act. See 12 USC
1813(w)(5)(2001). A credit card bank is defined as
a bank for which credit card plus securitized
receivables exceed 50 percent of assets plus
securitized receivables. The final rule makes a
technical change to the definition of a highly
complex institution to avoid including certain noncomplex institutions by requiring, among other
things, that for an institution to be defined as a
processing bank or trust company (one type of
highly complex institution), it must have total
fiduciary assets total $500 billion or more.
53 Most of the data are publicly available, but data
elements to compute four scorecard measures—
higher-risk assets, top 20 counterparty exposures,
the largest counterparty exposure, and criticized/
classified items—are not. The FDIC proposes that
insured depository institutions provide these data
elements in the Consolidated Reports of Condition
and Income (Call Report) or the Thrift Financial
Report (TFR) beginning with the second quarter of
2011.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
10689
measure. A score of 100 reflects the
highest risk and a score of 0 reflects the
lowest risk. A value reflecting lower risk
than the cutoff value receives a score of
0. A value reflecting higher risk than the
cutoff value receives a score of 100. A
risk measure value between the
minimum and maximum cutoff values
converts linearly to a score between 0
and 100, which is rounded to 3 decimal
points. The weighted average CAMELS
rating is converted to a score between 25
and 100 where 100 reflects the highest
risk and 25 reflects the lowest risk.
Most of the minimum and maximum
cutoff values are equal to the 10th and
90th percentile values for each measure,
which are derived using data on large
institutions over a ten-year period
beginning with the first quarter of 2000
through the fourth quarter of 2009—a
period that includes both good and bad
economic times.56 57
Appendix B describes how each
scorecard measure is converted to a
score.
54 The rank ordering of risk for large institutions
as of the end of 2009 (based on a consensus view
of staff analysts) is largely based on the information
available through the FDIC’s Large Insured
Depository Institution (LIDI) program. Large
institutions that failed or received significant
government support over the period are assigned
the worst risk ranking and are included in the
statistical analysis. Appendix 1 to the NPR
describes the statistical analysis.
55 The percentage approximated by factors is
based on the statistical model for that particular
year. Actual weights assigned to each scorecard
measure are largely based on the average
coefficients for 2005 to 2008, and do not equal the
weight implied by the coefficient for that particular
year (See Appendix 1 to the NPR).
56 Appendix 2 shows selected percentile values of
each scorecard measure over this period. The
detailed results of the statistical analysis used to
select risk measures and the weights are also
provided. An online calculator is available on the
FDIC’s Web site to allow institutions to determine
how their assessment rates will be calculated under
this final rule.
57 Some cutoff values have been updated since
the Large Bank NPR to reflect data updates.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.003
The scorecard for large institutions
(other than highly complex institutions)
produces two scores—a performance
score and a loss severity score—that are
combined and converted to an initial
base assessment rate.
The performance score measures a
large institution’s financial performance
and its ability to withstand stress. To
arrive at a performance score, the
scorecard combines a weighted average
of CAMELS component ratings and
certain financial measures into a single
performance score between 0 and 100.
The loss severity score measures the
relative magnitude of potential losses to
the FDIC in the event of a large
institution’s failure. The scorecard
converts a loss severity measure into a
loss severity score between 0 and 100.
The loss severity score is converted into
a loss severity factor that ranges
between 0.8 and 1.2.
Multiplying the performance score by
the loss severity factor produces a
combined score (total score) that can be
up to 20 percent higher or lower than
the performance score. Any score less
than 30 will be set at 30; any score
greater than 90 will be set at 90. As
discussed below, the FDIC will have a
limited ability to alter a large
institution’s total score based on
quantitative or qualitative measures not
captured in the scorecard. The resulting
total score after adjustment cannot be
less than 30 or more than 90. The total
score is converted to an initial base
assessment rate.
Table 7 shows scorecard measures
and components, and their relative
contribution to the performance score or
loss severity score. Scorecard measures
(other than the weighted average
CAMELS rating) are converted to scores
between 0 and 100 based on minimum
and maximum cutoff values for each
B. Scorecard for Large Insured
Depository Institutions (Other Than
Highly Complex Insured Depository
Institutions)
10690
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 7—SCORECARD FOR LARGE INSTITUTIONS
Scorecard measures and components
P ..................
P.1 ...............
P.2 ...............
P.3 ...............
.....................
L ..................
L.1 ...............
Measure
weights
(percent)
Component
weights
(percent)
Performance Score ........................................................................................................................
Weighted Average CAMELS Rating ..............................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Asset-Related Stress .....................................................................................
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ....................................................................................................................
Concentration Measure ..................................................................................................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets * ......................................................................
Credit Quality Measure ..................................................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Funding-Related Stress .................................................................................
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .......................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio ........................................................................................................
Loss Severity Score .......................................................................................................................
Loss Severity Measure ..................................................................................................................
........................
100
........................
10
35
20
35
........................
60
40
........................
........................
........................
30
50
........................
........................
........................
........................
20
........................
........................
........................
100
* Average of five quarter-end total assets (most recent and four prior quarters).
1. Performance Score
The performance score for large
institutions is a weighted average of the
scores for three components: (1)
Weighted average CAMELS rating score;
(2) ability to withstand asset-related
stress score; and (3) ability to withstand
funding-related stress score. Table 7
shows the weight given to the score for
each of these components.
a. Weighted Average CAMELS Rating
Score
To compute the weighted average
CAMELS rating score, a weighted
average of the large institution’s
CAMELS component ratings is first
calculated using the weights shown in
Table 8. These weights are the same as
the weights used in the financial ratios
method, which is currently used to
determine assessment rates for all
insured depository institutions in Risk
Category I.58
TABLE 8—WEIGHTS FOR CAMELS
COMPONENT RATINGS
CAMELS component
Weight
(percent)
C ...........................................
A ...........................................
M ...........................................
E ...........................................
L ............................................
S ...........................................
25
20
25
10
10
10
58 12
CFR part 327, Subpt. A, App. A (2010).
ratio of higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital
and reserves gauges concentrations that are
currently deemed to be high risk. The growthadjusted portfolio concentration measure does not
solely consider high-risk portfolios, but considers
most loan portfolio concentrations, along with
growth of the concentration.
60 The criticized and classified items ratio
measures commercial credit quality while the
underperforming assets ratio is often a better
indicator for consumer portfolios.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
59 The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
A weighted average CAMELS rating
converts to a score that ranges from 25
to 100. A weighted average rating of 1
equals a score of 25 and a weighted
average of 3.5 or greater equals a score
of 100. Weighted average CAMELS
ratings between 1 and 3.5 are assigned
a score between 25 and 100. The score
increases at an increasing rate as the
weighted average CAMELS rating
increases. Appendix B describes how
the FDIC converts a weighted average
CAMELS rating to a score.
b. Ability To Withstand Asset-Related
Stress Score
The score for the ability to withstand
asset-related stress is a weighted average
of the scores for the four measures that
the FDIC finds most relevant to
assessing a large institution’s ability to
withstand such stress; they are:
• Tier 1 leverage ratio;
• Concentration measure (the greater
of the higher-risk assets to the sum of
Tier 1 capital and reserves score or the
growth-adjusted portfolio
concentrations score);
• The ratio of core earnings to average
quarter-end total assets; and
• Credit quality measure (the greater
of the criticized and classified items to
the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score or the underperforming assets to
the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score).
In general, these measures proved to be
the most statistically significant
measures of a large institution’s ability
to withstand asset-related stress, as
described in Appendix 2. Appendix A
describes these measures.
The method for calculating the scores
for the Tier 1 leverage ratio and the ratio
of core earnings to average quarter-end
total assets is described in Appendix B.
The score for the concentration
measure is the greater of the higher-risk
assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves
score or the growth-adjusted portfolio
concentrations score.59 Appendix B
describes the conversion of these ratios
to scores. Appendix C describes the
ratios.
The score for the credit quality
measure is the greater of the criticized
and classified items to Tier 1 capital and
reserves score or the underperforming
assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves
score.60 Appendix B describes
conversion of the credit quality measure
into a credit quality score.
Table 9 shows the ability to withstand
asset related stress measures, gives the
cutoff values for each measure and
shows the weight assigned to the
measure to derive a score. Appendix B
describes how each of the risk measures
is converted to a score between 0 and
100 based upon the minimum and
maximum cutoff values.61
61 Most of the minimum and maximum cutoff
values for each risk measure equal the 10th and
90th percentile values of the measure among large
institutions based upon data from the period
between the first quarter of 2000 and the fourth
quarter of 2009. The 10th and 90th percentiles are
not used for the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital
and reserves ratio and the criticized and classified
items ratio due to data availability. Data on the
higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves ratio
are available consistently since second quarter
2008, while criticized and classified items are
available consistently since first quarter 2007. The
maximum cut off value for the higher-risk assets to
Tier 1 capital and reserves measure is close to but
does not equal the 75th percentile. The maximum
cutoff value for the criticized and classified items
ratio is close to but does not equal the 80th
percentile value. These alternative cutoff values are
based on recent experience since earlier data is
unavailable. Appendix 2 includes information
regarding the percentile values for each risk
measure.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10691
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 9—CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS FOR MEASURES TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED
STRESS SCORE
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ..................................................................................................................
Concentration Measure ...............................................................................................................
Higher-Risk Assets to Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or .......................................................
Growth-Adjusted Portfolio Concentrations ...........................................................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets* ....................................................................
Credit Quality Measure ................................................................................................................
Criticized and Classified Items/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or .........................................
Underperforming Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ........................................................
6
........................
0
4
0
........................
7
2
13
........................
135
56
2
........................
100
35
Weights
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
10
35
........................
........................
20
35
........................
........................
* Average of five quarter-end total assets (most recent and four prior quarters).
The score for each measure is
multiplied by its respective weight and
the resulting weighted score is summed
to arrive at a score for an ability to
withstand asset-related stress, which
can range from 0 to 100.
Table 10 illustrates how the score for
the ability to withstand asset-related
stress is calculated for a hypothetical
bank, Bank A.
TABLE 10—CALCULATION OF BANK A’S ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED STRESS SCORE
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Value
(percent)
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ......................................................................................
Concentration Measure ...................................................................................
Higher Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or ...............................
Growth-Adjusted Portfolio Concentrations ...............................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets .........................................
Credit Quality Measure ....................................................................................
Criticized and Classified Items/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or .............
Underperforming Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves .............................
6.98
........................
162.00
43.62
0.67
........................
114.00
34.25
Total ability to withstand asset-related stress score ................................
........................
Weight
(percent)
Weighted
score
86.00
100.00
100.00
76.19
66.50
100.00
100.00
97.73
10
35
........................
........................
20
35
........................
........................
8.60
35.00
........................
........................
13.30
35.00
........................
........................
........................
........................
91.90
Score *
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
* In the example, scores are rounded to two decimal points for Bank A. In actuality, scores will be rounded to three decimal places.
Bank A’s higher risk assets to Tier 1
capital and reserves score (100.00) is
higher than its growth-adjusted portfolio
concentration score (76.19). Thus, the
higher risk assets to Tier 1 capital and
reserves score is multiplied by the 35
percent weight to get a weighted score
of 35.00 and the growth-adjusted
portfolio concentrations score is
ignored. Similarly, Bank A’s criticized
and classified items to Tier 1 capital and
reserves score (100.00) is higher than its
underperforming assets to Tier 1 capital
and reserves score (97.73). Therefore,
the criticized and classified items to
Tier 1 capital and reserves score is
multiplied by the 35 percent weight to
get a weighted score of 35.00 and the
underperforming assets to Tier 1 capital
and reserves score is ignored. These
weighted scores, along with the
weighted scores for the Tier 1 leverage
ratio (8.60) and core earnings to average
quarter-end total assets ratio (13.30), are
added together, resulting in the ability
to withstand asset-related stress score of
91.90.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
c. Comments on Ability To Withstand
Asset-Related Stress
The FDIC received a number of
comments that relate to scorecard
measures used to assess an institution’s
ability to withstand asset-related stress.
Criticized and Classified Items Ratio
The FDIC received several comments
suggesting that the FDIC discount or
exclude certain items, such as
purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans or
performing restructured loans, from the
definition of criticized and classified
items, since these items do not result in
the same degree of loss as other, typical,
classified and criticized items.
The FDIC acknowledges that losses
associated with various items included
in criticized and classified items may
vary, depending on collateral, the
degree of previous loss recognition and
other factors. However, relying on
greater detail on these types of assets
would increase, not decrease, the
complexity of the model and would
require additional data elements to be
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
collected from institutions. The FDIC
believes that the added complexity and
burden of collecting more detailed data
outweighs the additional benefit, but,
relying upon data obtained through the
examination process, will consider the
idiosyncratic and qualitative factors that
may influence potential losses
associated with various criticized and
classified items in determining whether
to apply a large bank adjustment
(discussed below).
One commenter cautioned against
potential inconsistencies in reported
criticized and classified items,
particularly when examination
classifications differ from an
institution’s internal classifications. For
the purpose of the large bank scorecard,
criticized and classified items are
defined as those items that the
institution has internally identified as
Special Mention, Substandard,
Doubtful, or Loss on its own
management reports or items identified
as Special Mention or worse by an
institution’s primary federal regulator.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10692
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Appendix A of the final rule describes
the definition.
Growth-Adjusted Portfolio
Concentrations Ratio
Several commenters stated that the
growth-adjusted portfolio
concentrations ratio unfairly captures
growth attributed to the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No.
166, Accounting for Transfers of
Financial Assets, an Amendment of
FASB Statement No. 140, and Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No.
167, Amendments to FASB
Interpretation No. 46(R), which are onetime accounting adjustments (FAS
166/167).
FDIC analysis shows that asset growth
associated with FAS 166/167 guidelines
has a one-time effect on only a small
number of institutions. Weighing the
benefit of collecting additional
information on the effect of FAS
166/167 against the added complexity
and associated data collection burden,
the FDIC has concluded that it would be
better to consider the effect of FAS
166/167 as it determines whether to
apply a large bank adjustment.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Higher-Risk Assets Ratio
A number of commenters stated that
certain elements of the higher-risk assets
ratio contain data items that are not Call
Report items and could lead to
inconsistent reporting among banks. As
proposed in the Large Bank NPR, the
FDIC will collect all data elements,
other than CAMELS ratings, directly
from institutions through the Call
Reports and TFRs. These measures are
defined in Appendix A.
The FDIC also received a number of
comments suggesting changes in the
definition of leveraged lending,
subprime loans and nontraditional
mortgages, which are used in the higherrisk assets ratio. These comments are
discussed below.
Leveraged Lending
Several commenters asked for a
change in the definition of leveraged
lending to exclude small business loans,
real estate loans or loans for buyout,
acquisition, and recapitalization that do
not otherwise meet the definition of
leveraged lending. Commenters also
cautioned against using specific ‘‘bright
line’’ financial metrics to determine
whether a loan is leveraged. In addition,
commenters stated that regular updating
of loan data for the purposes of
identifying leveraged loans is
burdensome and costly.
The FDIC agrees that several of these
comments have merit. For the purpose
of this rule, leveraged loans exclude all
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
real estate loans and those small
business loans with an original amount
of $1 million or less.62 The FDIC
believes that some bright-line metrics
are necessary to ensure consistency in
reporting among institutions; however,
the final rule removes the total
liabilities to asset ratio test from the
definition of leveraged loans.63 Any
other commercial loan or security,
regardless of the stated purpose, will be
considered leveraged only if it meets
one of the two remaining criteria
described in Appendix C.
Subprime Loans
Several commenters asked that the
definition of a subprime loan be revised
to comport with the 2001 Interagency
Guidance and to exclude loans that have
deteriorated subsequent to origination,
citing the burden and cost associated
with regular updating of borrower
information.64 One commenter argued
against referencing the FICO score in
defining subprime loans, stating that the
rule should not endorse a specific
brand. A couple of commenters
cautioned about potential
inconsistencies among institutions in
identifying subprime loans.
To reduce any potential burden, the
final rule defines subprime loans as
those that meet the criteria for being
subprime at origination or refinancing.
The definition in the final rule deletes
the reference to FICO and other credit
bureau scores. While the FDIC is aware
that originators often use credit scores
in the loan underwriting process, the
FDIC has decided not to use a credit
score threshold as a potential
characteristic of a subprime borrower.
Such a definition would require reliance
on credit scoring models that are
controlled by credit rating bureaus;
thus, the models may change materially
at the discretion of the credit rating
bureaus. There also may be
inconsistencies among the various
models that the credit rating bureaus
use. Research has consistently found
that borrower credit history is among
the most important predictors of
default.65 The final rule focuses on
62 The
original amount is defined in Appendix C.
remaining tests for determining whether a
loan is leveraged are consistent with the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency’s Handbook,
https://www.occ.gov/static/publications/handbook/
LeveragedLending.pdf.
64 FDIC Press Release PR–9–2001 01–31–2001,
https://www.fdic.gov/news/news/press/2001/
pr0901a.html.
65 See, e.g., Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, Report to the Congress on Credit
Scoring and Its Effects on the Availability and
Affordability of Credit, August 2007, https://www.
federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/rptcongress/
creditscore/creditscore.pdf.
63 The
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
credit history as a characteristic of a
subprime borrower, but, to avoid
underreporting of subprime loans, the
definition now includes loans that an
institution itself identifies as subprime
based upon similar borrower
characteristics. Appendix A describes
the definition.
Nontraditional Mortgages
A number of commenters argued that
interest-only loans should not be
included in the definition of nontraditional mortgages for the higher risk
concentration measure, given that the
risk they pose differs from other nontraditional mortgages. The FDIC
disagrees. The FDIC believes that
interest-only loans generally exhibit
higher risk than traditional amortizing
mortgage loans, particularly in a
stressful economic environment. The
FDIC understands that qualitative
factors such as credit underwriting or
credit administration are important in
determining potential losses associated
with interest-only loans; however, these
factors can influence potential losses for
any type of loan and, in addition, are
not easily measurable systematically.
The FDIC will consider these qualitative
factors in determining whether to apply
a large bank adjustment.
One comment asked for a specific
definition of a teaser rate mortgage. For
the purpose of the final rule, a teaserrate mortgage is a mortgage with a
discounted initial rate and lower
payments for part of the mortgage term.
Averaging the Credit Quality and
Concentration Scores
A number of commenters suggested
that the FDIC should average the two
concentration scores and the two credit
quality scores, rather than using the
greater of the two scores in each case.
The FDIC disagrees. The two credit
quality ratios capture credit risk in
different ways: the criticized and
classified items ratio is more relevant
for the performance of an institution’s
commercial portfolio; the
underperforming asset ratio is more
relevant for the performance of an
institution’s retail portfolio. Depending
on an institution’s asset composition,
one measure may better capture the
institution’s credit quality than another.
Therefore, averaging the two scores
could understate credit quality
concerns.
Similarly, the two concentration
ratios are designed to capture different
concentration risk. The high-risk asset
concentration ratio captures the risk
associated with concentrated lending in
high-risk areas that directly contributed
to the failure of a number of large
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10693
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
institutions during the recent economic
downturn. The FDIC recognizes,
however, that other types of
concentrations may lead to failure in the
future, particularly if the concentrations
are accompanied by rapid growth,
which is what the growth-adjusted
portfolio concentration ratio is designed
to measure. Recent experience shows
that many institutions that subsequently
experienced problems eased
underwriting standards and expanded
beyond their traditional areas of
expertise to grow rapidly. Since these
two concentration ratios are designed to
capture different types of concentration
risk, averaging the two scores could
reduce the scorecard’s ability to
differentiate risk.
are significant in predicting a large
institution’s long-term performance in
the statistical test described in
Appendix 2. Appendix A describes
these risk measures. Appendix B
describes how each of these measures is
converted to a score between 0 and 100.
The score for the ability to withstand
funding-related stress is the weighted
average of the scores for two measures.
Table 11 shows the cutoff values and
weights for these measures. Weights
assigned to each of these two risk
measures are based on a statistical
analysis described in Appendix 2.
d. Ability To Withstand FundingRelated Stress Score
The ability to withstand fundingrelated stress component contains two
measures that are most relevant to
assessing a large institution’s ability to
withstand such stress—a core deposits
to total liabilities ratio and a balance
sheet liquidity ratio, which measures
the amount of highly liquid assets
needed to cover potential cash outflows
in the event of stress.66 67 These ratios
TABLE 11—CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND FUNDING-RELATED STRESS SCORE
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand funding-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .....................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio .....................................................................................................
Table 12 illustrates how the score for
the ability to withstand funding-related
Weight
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
5
7
87
243
60
40
stress for hypothetical bank, Bank A, is
calculated.
TABLE 12—CALCULATION OF BANK A’S SCORE FOR ABILITY TO WITHSTAND FUNDING-RELATED STRESS
Value
(percent)
Measures of the ability to withstand funding-related stress
Score *
Weight
(percent)
Weighted
score
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .........................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio .........................................................................
60.25
69.58
32.62
73.48
60
40
19.57
29.39
Total ability to withstand funding-related stress score .............................
........................
........................
........................
48.96
* In the example, scores are rounded to two decimal points for Bank A. In actuality, scores will be rounded to three decimal places.
will examine the definition in light of
the completed study and will consider
changes then, if appropriate.
e. Comments on the Ability To
Withstand Funding-Related Stress
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Definition of Core Deposits and
Brokered Deposits
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio
Several commenters stated that the
definitions for core deposits and
brokered deposits as used in the core
deposits to total liabilities ratio are
outdated and should be revised. These
commenters stated that reciprocal
deposits, affiliated broker-dealer sweeps
and long-term brokered deposits are
stable deposits, and therefore, should be
included in the definition of core
deposits. In the final rule, for this
purpose, core deposits exclude all
brokered deposits. However, as
mentioned in Section III, Dodd-Frank
mandated that the FDIC conduct a study
to evaluate the existing brokered deposit
and core deposit definitions. The FDIC
Several commenters argued that
unencumbered agency mortgage-backed
securities (MBSs) should be included as
liquid assets in calculating the balance
sheet liquidity ratio, arguing that they
are a reliable source of liquidity. These
commenters also pointed to the Basel
liquidity measures, which include
unencumbered agency MBSs as highly
liquid assets, with appropriate haircuts.
The FDIC believes that an institution’s
ability to withstand funding-related
stress can be best measured by highly
liquid assets that can be readily
converted to cash with little or no loss
in value, relative to potential short-term
funding outflows. While agency MBSs
66 The final rule clarifies that all securities
included in the definition of liquid assets are
measured at fair value.
67 The deposit runoff assumptions proposed in
the Large Bank NPR were based on the Basel
liquidity measure. The final rule modified deposit
runoff rates for the balance sheet liquidity ratio to
reflect changes issued by the Basel Committee on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
are generally liquid, they are not as
highly liquid as other assets included as
liquid assets in the definition of balance
sheet liquidity ratio, particularly given
the greater interest rate risk inherent in
these securities.
One commenter noted that deposits
owned by a parent should not be
subjected to the same runoff rates as
other deposits for the purpose of the
balance sheet liquidity ratio, given that
these deposits behave similarly to longterm unsecured debt. The same
comment was made in the context of
loss severity. The FDIC disagrees. Parent
companies, as well as other creditors,
can have incentives to withdraw
deposits from a troubled institution.
Deposits are not equivalent to long-term
unsecured debt.
Banking Supervision in its December 2010
document, ‘‘Basel III: International framework for
liquidity risk measurement, standards and
monitoring,’’ https://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs188.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10694
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Calculation of Performance Score
The scores for the weighted average
CAMELS rating, the ability to withstand
asset-related stress component, and the
ability to withstand funding-related
stress component are multiplied by their
respective weights and the results are
summed to arrive at the performance
score. The performance score cannot be
less than 0 or more than 100, where a
score of 0 reflects the lowest risk and a
score of 100 reflects the higher risk. In
the example in Table 13, Bank A’s
performance score would be 70.92,
assuming that Bank A’s score for its
weighted average CAMELS score of
50.60, which results from a weighted
average CAMELS rating of 2.2.
TABLE 13—PERFORMANCE SCORE FOR BANK A
Weight
(percent)
Performance score components
Score *
Weighted
score
Weighted Average CAMELS Rating ............................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Asset-Related Stress ...................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Funding-Related Stress ...............................................................................
30
50
20
50.60
91.90
48.96
15.18
45.95
9.79
Total Performance Score .....................................................................................................
........................
........................
70.92
* In the example, scores are rounded to two decimal points for Bank A. In actuality, scores will be rounded to three decimal places.
2. Loss Severity Score
The loss severity score is based on a
loss severity measure that estimates the
relative magnitude of potential losses to
the FDIC in the event of a large
institution’s failure. The loss severity
measure applies a standardized set of
assumptions—based on recent failures—
regarding liability runoffs and the
recovery value of asset categories to
calculate possible losses to the FDIC.
(Appendix D describes the calculation
of this measure.) Asset loss rate
assumptions are based on estimates of
recovery values for insured depository
institutions that either failed or came
close to failure. Run-off assumptions are
based on the actual experience of
insured depository institutions that
either failed or came close to failure
during the 2007 through 2009 period.
The loss severity measure is a
quantitative measure that is derived
from readily available data. Appendix A
defines this measure. Appendix B
describes how the loss severity measure
is converted to a loss severity score
between 0 and 100. Table 14 shows
cutoff values for the loss severity
measure. The loss severity score cannot
be less than 0 or more than 100.
TABLE 14—CUTOFF VALUES TO
CALCULATE LOSS SEVERITY SCORE
Cutoff values
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Measure of loss
severity
Loss Severity ....
Minimum
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
0
28
In the example in Table 15, Bank A’s
loss severity measure is 23.62 percent,
which represents potential losses in the
event of Bank A’s failure relative to its
domestic deposits. This measure would
result in a loss severity score of 84.36.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
TABLE 15—LOSS SEVERITY SCORE
FOR BANK A
Measure of loss
severity
Ratio
(percent)
Score *
Potential
Losses/Total
Domestic Deposits (Loss
severity measure) ................
23.62
84.36
* In the example, the score is rounded to
two decimal points for Bank A. In actuality,
scores will be rounded to three decimal
places.
3. Comments on Loss Severity Score
In general, commenters did not
oppose including loss severity in the
initial base assessment rate calculation.
However, many commenters questioned
the proposed assumptions regarding the
loss rates applied to various asset types
and regarding liability runoff rates,
arguing that they were too harsh or
lacked empirical support. These
comments are discussed below.
a. Loss Rate Assumptions
Some commenters disagreed with the
loss rates assigned to various asset
categories and argued that:
• The FDIC should not discount asset
values;
• Using the same loss rates for all
institutions is not reasonable and the
loan-to-value ratio should be considered
in determining the loss rate;
• A zero loss rate should be applied
to government-guaranteed loans;
• Loss rates applied to acquired loans
booked at fair value are too high; and
• Asset categories (e.g., leases, firstlien home equities, all other loans, all
other assets) should be further
subdivided to provide the less-risky
assets within those categories a lower
loss rate.
The FDIC disagrees with these
comments. The current value of an
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
institution’s assets is not a good
indicator of the recovery value of these
assets in the event of failure. To
estimate potential recovery values, the
loss severity measure applies a
standardized set of loss rates to various
asset categories, based on independent
valuations obtained by the FDIC in 2009
on assets expected to be taken into
receivership.
The FDIC recognizes that collateral
value, the loan-to-value ratio and the
existence of a government guarantee
may have a bearing on recovery rates;
however, data on collateral value and
other risk mitigants are not
systematically available for all
institutions. Also, government
guarantees may or may not reduce the
FDIC’s risk of loss, depending on the
agency issuing the guaranty and the
transferability of the guaranty in the
event of failure. In these cases, the FDIC
will consider available information on
collateral and other risk mitigants,
including the materiality of guarantees,
in determining whether to apply a large
bank adjustment.
The FDIC does not believe the loss
severity measure should systematically
try to adjust for loans booked at fair
value. Loans booked at fair value are
typically not material for most
institutions, and, even when they are,
their recovery values in the event of
failure are often well below current fair
values.
The FDIC recognizes that the loss
rates applied to broad categories of
assets may overstate or understate
potential losses, depending on the
composition of those assets. However,
the FDIC believes that further
subdividing asset categories introduces
greater complexity and is not practical
without imposing undue burden.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10695
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
b. Runoff Assumptions
A number of commenters stated that
the proposed insured deposit growth
assumption used in the loss severity
measure is too high and unrealistic
given the supervisory constraint that
will restrict growth as an institution
nears failure. The FDIC agrees. Runoff
and growth assumptions for deposits
proposed in the Large Bank NPR were
based on the actual experience of eleven
large institutions that failed between
2007 and 2009 over a two-year period
leading up to their failure. The FDIC has
re-estimated deposit runoffs based on
data for all insured depository
institutions that failed since 2007—
including small institutions, which
were added to improve the robustness of
the analysis—over a one-year period
leading up to their failure, and reduced
the growth rate for insured deposits
from 32 percent to 10 percent while
increasing the run-off rate for uninsured
deposits from 28.6 percent to 58
percent.68 The changes are primarily
due to shorter time-to-failure, not the
inclusion of small institutions in the
sample. The FDIC believes that data
based on shorter time-to-failure (one
year) better reflect changes in deposit
composition experienced by failed
institutions as they approach failure.
c. Foreign Deposits
Several commenters stated that runoff
and ring-fencing assumptions applied to
foreign deposits are excessive and
unsupported. Foreign deposits are not
insured by the FDIC and would be
treated as unsecured claims in a
receivership. Unsecured claims in a
receivership rarely receive any payment
since they have a lower priority than
domestic deposits. The FDIC believes
that these deposits were more stable
during the recent crisis primarily
because of extraordinary government
action, both by the U.S. and European
governments. In the absence of ‘‘too big
to fail’’ perceptions or policies, the FDIC
believes that foreign deposits are more
likely to run off than domestic deposits.
Moreover, foreign governments may
ring-fence assets to protect these
deposits and reduce their own losses.
As a result, the final rule retains the
Large Bank NPR’s assumptions
regarding foreign deposit runoff.
d. Noncore Funding
In the Large Bank NPR, the FDIC
proposed including a noncore funding
ratio in the loss severity scorecard as a
potential proxy for franchise value.
Most commenters stated that the
noncore funding ratio should not be
included because this risk is considered
elsewhere. They also questioned the
weight assigned to the measure. The
FDIC continues to believe that potential
franchise value is an important factor to
consider in the overall assessment of
loss severity. However, given that
liability composition is explicitly
considered in the loss severity measure,
the final rule eliminates the noncore
funding ratio from the loss severity
scorecard. Instead, qualitative factors
that affect an institution’s franchise
value will be considered in determining
whether to apply a large bank
adjustment.
e. Capital
One commenter stated that assuming
capital will fall to 2 percent and that
assets will be reduced pro rata is
unreasonable. The FDIC disagrees. Pathto-failure assumptions are a necessary
feature of a potential loss severity
calculation, particularly for institutions
that are not close to failure. Using
assumptions regarding reductions in
specific categories of assets introduces
significant complexity. The FDIC
believes that the pro rata assumption is
both reasonable and practical. This may
be an area, however, that lends itself to
further research and analysis as the
FDIC continues to pursue improvements
to the risk-based assessment system.
C. Scorecard for Highly Complex
Institutions
As mentioned above, those
institutions that are structurally and
operationally complex or that pose
unique challenges and risks in case of
failure have a different scorecard with
measures tailored to the risks these
institutions pose.
The structure and much of the
scorecard for a highly complex
institution are, however, similar to the
scorecard for other large institutions.
Like the scorecard for other large
institutions, the scorecard for highly
complex institutions contains a
performance score and a loss severity
score. Table 16 shows the measures and
components and their relative
contribution to a highly complex
institution’s performance score and loss
severity score. As with the scorecard for
large institutions, most of the minimum
and maximum cutoff values for each
scorecard measure used in the highly
complex institution’s scorecard equal
the 10th and 90th percentile values of
the particular measure among these
institutions based upon data from the
period between the first quarter of 2000
and the fourth quarter of 2009.69
TABLE 16—SCORECARD FOR HIGHLY COMPLEX INSTITUTIONS
Measures and components
P ............
P.1 .........
P.2 .........
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
P.3 .........
L .............
L.1 ..........
Measure
weights
(percent)
Component
weights
(percent)
Performance Score ..............................................................................................................................
Weighted Average CAMELS Rating ...................................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Asset-Related Stress ...........................................................................................
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ..................................................................................................................
Concentration Measure ................................................................................................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets ......................................................................
Credit Quality Measure and Market Risk Measure ......................................................................
Ability to Withstand Funding-Related Stress .......................................................................................
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities ......................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio ......................................................................................................
Average Short-Term Funding/Average Total Assets ...................................................................
Loss Severity Score ............................................................................................................................
Loss Severity Measure ........................................................................................................................
........................
100
........................
10
35
20
35
........................
50
30
20
........................
........................
........................
30
50
........................
........................
........................
........................
20
........................
........................
........................
........................
100
68 This updated analysis also resulted in changing
the runoff assumptions for Federal funds purchased
and for repurchase agreements. These new
assumptions are set forth in Appendix D.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
69 Three measures used in the highly complex
institution’s scorecard (that are not used in the
scorecard for other large institutions) do not use the
10th and 90th percentile values as cutoffs due to
lack of historical data. The cutoffs for these
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
measures are based partly upon recent experience;
the maximum cutoffs range from approximately the
75th through the 78th percentile of these measures
among only highly complex institutions.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10696
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
1. Performance Score
The performance score for highly
complex institutions is the weighted
average of the scores for three
components: weighted average CAMELS
rating score, weighted at 30 percent;
ability to withstand asset-related stress
score, weighted at 50 percent; and
ability to withstand funding-related
stress score, weighted at 20 percent.
a. Weighted Average CAMELS Rating
Score
The score for the weighted average
CAMELS rating for highly complex
institutions is derived in the same
manner as in the scorecard for other
large institutions.
b. Ability To Withstand Asset-Related
Stress Score
The ability to withstand asset-related
stress score contains measures that the
FDIC finds most relevant to assessing a
highly complex institution’s ability to
withstand such stress:
• Tier 1 leverage ratio;
• Concentration measure (the greatest
of the higher-risk assets to the sum of
Tier 1 capital and reserves score, the top
20 counterparty exposure to the sum of
Tier 1 capital and reserves score, or the
largest counterparty exposure to the
sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score);
• The ratio of core earnings to average
quarter-end total assets;
• Credit quality measure (the greater
of the criticized and classified items to
the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score or the underperforming assets to
the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score) and market risk measure (the
weighted average of the four-quarter
trading revenue volatility to Tier 1
capital score, the market risk capital to
Tier 1 capital score, and the level 3
trading assets to Tier 1 capital score).
Two of the four measures used to
assess a highly complex institution’s
ability to withstand asset-related stress
(the Tier 1 leverage ratio and the core
earnings to average quarter-end total
assets ratio) are determined in the same
manner as in the scorecard for other
large institutions. However, the method
used to calculate the score for the other
remaining measures—the concentration
measure and the credit quality and
market risk measure—differ and are
discussed below.
Concentration Measure
As in the scorecard for large
institutions, the concentration measure
for highly complex institutions includes
the higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital
and reserves ratio described in
Appendix C. However, the
concentration measure in the highly
complex institution’s scorecard
considers the top 20 counterparty
exposures to Tier 1 capital and reserves
ratio and the largest counterparty
exposure to Tier 1 capital and reserves
ratio instead of the growth-adjusted
portfolio concentrations measure used
in the scorecard for large institutions.
The highly complex institution’s
scorecard uses these measures because
recent experience shows that the
concentration of a highly complex
institution’s exposures to a small
number of counterparties—either
through lending or trading activities—
significantly increases the institution’s
vulnerability to unexpected market
events. The FDIC uses the top 20
counterparty exposure and the largest
counterparty exposure to capture this
risk.
Credit Quality Measure and Market Risk
Measure Scores
As in the scorecard for large
institutions, the ability to withstand
asset-related stress component includes
a credit quality measure. However, the
highly complex institution scorecard
also includes a market risk measure that
considers trading revenue volatility,
market risk capital, and level 3 trading
assets. All three risk measures are
calculated relative to a highly complex
institution’s Tier 1 capital and
multiplied by their respective weights to
calculate the score for the market risk
measure. All three risk measures can be
calculated using data from an insured
depository institution’s quarterly Call
Reports or TFRs. The FDIC believes that
combining these three risk measures
better captures a highly complex
institution’s market risk than any single
measure.
The trading revenue volatility ratio
measures the sensitivity of a highly
complex institution’s trading revenue to
market volatility. The market risk
capital ratio uses historical experience
to estimate the effect on capital of
potential losses in the trading portfolio
due to market volatility.70 However, this
ratio may not be a good measure of
market risk when an institution holds a
large volume of hard-to-value trading
assets. Therefore, the level 3 trading
assets ratio is included as an indicator
of the volume of hard-to-value trading
assets held by an institution.
The FDIC recognizes that the
relevance of credit risk and market risk
in assessing a highly complex
institution’s vulnerability to stress
depends on an institution’s asset
composition. A highly complex
institution with a significant amount of
trading assets can be as risky as an
institution that focuses on lending even
though the primary source of risk may
differ. In order to treat both types of
institutions fairly, the FDIC allocates an
overall weight of 35 percent between the
credit risk measure and the market risk
measure. The allocation will vary
depending on the ratio of average
trading assets to the sum of average
securities, loans, and trading assets (the
trading asset ratio) as follows:
• Weight for Credit Quality Measure
= (1 ¥ Trading Asset Ratio) * 0.35.
• Weight for Market Risk Measure =
Trading Asset Ratio * 0.35.
Table 18 shows cutoff values and
weights for the ability to withstand
asset-related stress measures.
TABLE 18—CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS FOR MEASURES TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED
STRESS SCORE
Cutoff values
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio .............................................................
Concentration Measure ...........................................................
Higher Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ............
Top 20 Counterparty Exposure/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or
6
........................
0
0
13
........................
135
125
70 Market risk capital is defined in Appendix C
of Part 325 of the FDIC Rules and Regulations,.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Market risk
measures
........................
........................
https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/rules/20004800.html#fdic2000appendixctopart325.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Weight
10%.
35%.
10697
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 18—CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS FOR MEASURES TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED
STRESS SCORE—Continued
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Largest Counterparty Exposure/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves.
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-end Total Assets .................
Credit Quality Measure* ..........................................................
Criticized and Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or
Underperforming Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ....
Market Risk Measure* .............................................................
Trading Revenue ..............................................................
Volatility/Tier 1 Capital
Market Risk Capital/Tier 1 Capital ...................................
Level 3 Trading Assets/Tier 1 Capital .............................
Minimum
(percent)
Market risk
measures
Maximum
(percent)
0
20
0
........................
2
........................
7
100
2
........................
0
0
0
Weight
........................
........................
20%.
35% * (1 ¥ Trading Asset
Ratio).
35
........................
2
........................
60
35% * Trading Asset Ratio.
10
35
20
20
* Combined, the credit quality measure and the market risk measure will be assigned a 35 percent weight. The relative weight of each of the
two measures will depend on the ratio of average trading assets to sum of average securities, loans and trading assets (trading asset ratio).
c. Ability To Withstand FundingRelated Stress Score
The score for the ability to withstand
funding-related stress contains three
measures that are most relevant to
assessing a highly complex institution’s
ability to withstand such stress—a core
deposits to total liabilities ratio, a
balance sheet liquidity ratio, and an
average short-term funding to average
total assets ratio.
Two of the measures (the core
deposits to total liabilities ratio and the
balance sheet liquidity ratio) in the
ability to withstand funding-related
stress score are determined in the same
manner as in the scorecard for large
institutions, although their weights
differ. The FDIC has added the average
short-term funding to average total
assets ratio to the ability to withstand
funding-related stress component of the
highly complex institution scorecard
because experience during the recent
crisis shows that heavy reliance on
short-term funding significantly
increases a highly complex institution’s
vulnerability to unexpected adverse
developments in the funding market.
Table 19 shows cutoff values and
weights for the ability to withstand
funding-related stress measures.
TABLE 19—CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND FUNDING-RELATED STRESS
MEASURES
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand funding-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .....................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio .....................................................................................................
Average Short-term Funding/Average Total Assets ....................................................................
d. Calculating the Performance Score
D. Total Score
To calculate the performance score for
a highly complex institution, the scores
for the weighted average CAMELS score,
the ability to withstand asset-related
stress score, and the ability to withstand
funding-related stress score are
multiplied by their respective weights
and the results are summed to arrive at
the performance score.
1. Calculating the Total Score
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
2. The Loss Severity Score
The loss severity score for highly
complex institutions is calculated the
same way as the loss severity score for
other large institutions.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
The method for calculating the total
score for large institutions and highly
complex institutions is the same. Once
the performance and loss severity scores
are calculated for these institutions,
their scores are converted to a total
score. Each institution’s total score is
calculated by multiplying its
performance score by a loss severity
factor as follows:
First, the loss severity score is
converted into a loss severity factor that
ranges from 0.8 (score of 5 or lower) to
1.2 (score of 85 or higher). Scores at or
below the minimum cutoff of 5 receive
a loss severity factor of 0.8 and scores
at or above the maximum cutoff of 85
receive a loss severity factor of 1.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Maximum
(percent)
5
7
2
87
243
19
Weight
(percent)
50
30
20
Again, a linear interpolation is used to
convert loss severity scores between the
cutoffs into a loss severity factor. The
conversion is made using the following
formula:
Loss Severity Factor = 0.8 + [0.005 *
(Loss Severity Score ¥ 5]
For example, if Bank A’s loss severity
score is 68.57, its loss severity factor
would be 1.12, calculated as follows:
0.8 + (0.005 * (68.57 ¥ 5)) = 1.12
Next, the performance score is
multiplied by the loss severity factor to
produce a total score (total score =
performance score * loss severity
factor). Since the loss severity factor
ranges from 0.8 to 1.2, the total score
can be up to 20 percent higher or lower
than the performance score but cannot
be less than 30 or more than 90. For
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10698
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
example, if Bank A’s performance score
is 69.33 and its loss severity factor is
1.12, its total score would be calculated
as follows:
2. Comments on Total Score
assessment rate. Furthermore, the loss
severity measure does not yet
incorporate off-balance sheet
obligations, complex funding structures
and other qualitative factors that can
have a significant effect on DIF losses in
the event of failure.
Extreme values for certain risk
measures make an institution more
vulnerable to risk, which the FDIC
believes should be addressed on a bankby-bank basis. To do this, the FDIC can
adjust a large institution’s or highly
complex institution’s total score, up or
down, by a maximum of 15 points,
based upon significant risk factors that
are not adequately captured in the
scorecard. The FDIC will use a process
similar to the current large bank
adjustment to determine the amount of
the adjustment to the total score.71 The
resulting total score cannot be less than
30 or more than 90. This adjustment is
discussed in more detail below.
Some commenters stated that limiting
the effect of the loss severity score on
the total score to 20 percent has no
support and that loss severity should
have a greater effect to account for
institutions that pose little to no risk to
the insurance fund. The FDIC believes
that loss severity should be considered
in determining an insured institution’s
deposit assessments; this rulemaking is
the first time that the FDIC has
explicitly incorporated loss severity in
the calculation of an institution’s
assessment rate. While the FDIC
believes that the loss severity measure
provides a reasonable risk ranking of
institutions’ potential losses to the DIF,
the FDIC believes that it is prudent at
this time to incorporate this measure in
a limited way and evaluate it further
before increasing its effect on the
where Rate is the initial base assessment rate
(expressed in basis points), Maximum
Rate is the maximum initial base
assessment rate then in effect (expressed
in basis points), and Minimum Rate is
the minimum initial base assessment rate
then in effect (expressed in basis points).
The calculation of an initial base
assessment rate is based on an
approximated statistical relationship
between large institutions’ total scores
and their estimated three-year
cumulative failure probabilities, as
shown in Appendix 3.
Chart 4 illustrates the initial base
assessment rate for a range of total
scores, assuming minimum and
maximum initial base assessment rates
of 5 basis points and 35 basis points,
respectively.
on scorecard results as of first quarter 2006 through
fourth quarter 2007.
73 The assessment rates that the FDIC will apply
to large and highly complex insured depository
institutions pursuant to this final rule are set out
in Section IV above.
74 The initial base assessment rate (in basis
points) will be rounded to two decimal points.
71 12
CFR 327.9(d)(4) (2010).
of 30 and 90 equal about the 13th and
about the 99th percentile values, respectively, based
72 Scores
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E. Initial Base Assessment Rate
A large institution or highly complex
institution with a total score of 30 will
pay the minimum initial base
assessment rate and a large institution
or highly complex institution with a
total score of 90 will pay the maximum
initial base assessment rate; for total
scores between 30 and 90, initial base
assessment rates will rise at an
increasing rate as the total score
increases.72 73 The initial base
assessment rate (in basis points) is
calculated using the following
formula: 74
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.004
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
69.33 * 1.12 = 77.65
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
F. Large Bank Adjustment to the Total
Score
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
1. Adjustment to Total Score for Large
or Highly Complex Institutions
The FDIC will retain the ability to
adjust the total score for large
institutions and highly complex
institutions by a maximum of 15 points,
up or down, based upon significant risk
factors that are not captured in the
scorecards. While the scorecards should
improve the relative risk ranking of
large institutions, the FDIC believes that
it is important that it have the ability to
consider idiosyncratic factors or other
relevant risk factors that are not
adequately captured in the scorecards.
This large bank adjustment will be
similar to the assessment rate
adjustment that large institutions and
insured branches of foreign banks
within Risk Category I have been subject
to in recent years.75
In general, the adjustments to the total
score will have a proportionally greater
effect on the assessment rate of those
institutions with a higher total score
since the assessment rate rises at an
increasing rate as the total score rises.
In determining whether to make a
large bank adjustment, the FDIC may
consider such information as financial
performance and condition information
and other market or supervisory
information. The FDIC will also consult
with an institution’s primary federal
regulator and, for state chartered
institutions, state banking supervisor.
The FDIC acknowledges the need to
clarify its processes for making
adjustments to ensure fair treatment and
accountability and plans to propose and
seek comment on updated guidelines.
As noted in the Large Bank NPR, the
FDIC will not adjust assessment rates
until the updated guidelines are
published for comment and approved
by the Board. In addition, the FDIC will
publish aggregate statistics on
adjustments each quarter.
Similar to the current adjustment
process, the FDIC will notify a large
75 12
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
CFR 327.9(d)(4) (2010).
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
institution or highly complex institution
before an upward adjustment to the
institution’s assessment rate takes effect,
so that the institution will have an
opportunity to respond to the FDIC’s
rationale for proposing an upward
adjustment. An adjustment will be
implemented only after considering the
institution’s response and any
subsequent changes to the inputs or
other risk factors that informed the
FDIC’s decision.76
2. Comments on the Large Bank
Adjustment
Several commenters voiced concern
that the large bank adjustment is
disproportionately large, given the
detail and complexity of the scorecard.
Two commenters questioned the need
for any large bank adjustment. Two
commenters recommended that the
adjustment should be only used to
lower an institution’s score.
The FDIC disagrees. Based on
statistical analysis, the FDIC believes
that the scorecard will generally
improve the relative risk ranking of
76 The final rule does not affect the procedures or
timetable for appealing assessment rates. The
procedures and timetable are described on the
FDIC’s Web site: https://www.fdic.gov/deposit/
insurance/assessments/requests_review.html.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.005
The initial base assessment rate of a
large or highly complex institution can
be adjusted as a result of the unsecured
debt adjustment, the depository
institution debt adjustment, and the
brokered deposit adjustment, as
discussed above.
10699
10700
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
large institutions, particularly based on
their long-term performance. However,
the scorecard relies on only a limited
number of quantitative ratios and
applies a standardized set of
assumptions, and it does not consider
firm-specific idiosyncratic or qualitative
factors that can have significant bearing
on an institution’s probability of failure
or loss given failure. In fact, many
commenters criticized the scorecard for
not considering qualitative factors such
as underwriting, collateral, or other risk
mitigants. The FDIC agrees that these
qualitative factors should be considered
in assessments, and believes that it
needs the flexibility to consider them. In
addition, the FDIC believes that the
complexity and the dynamic nature of
many large institutions warrant a large
bank adjustment that is significant
enough for the FDIC to consider current
or future risk factors not adequately
captured in the scorecard.
Several commenters maintained that
the large bank adjustment is too
subjective and not transparent. The
FDIC disagrees. Currently, the FDIC
determines the large bank adjustment
following the process set forth in the
guidelines that were adopted in 2007.77
The guidelines detail broad-based and
focused benchmarks used to determine
whether the adjustment should be made
to an institution’s assessment rate and
set out adjustment processes. The FDIC
consults with an institution’s primary
federal regulator and notifies the
institution one quarter in advance of the
FDIC’s intent to make an upward
adjustment to the institution’s rate, so
that the institution will have an
opportunity to respond and provide
additional information. The FDIC
implements the adjustment only after
considering the response and any
subsequent changes to the inputs or
other risk factors that informed the
FDIC’s decision.78 This process will
remain unchanged in this rulemaking.
In addition, as proposed in the Large
Bank NPR, the FDIC will not adjust a
large or highly complex institution’s
assessment rates until the updated
guidelines are published for comment
and approved by the Board.
G. Data Sources
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
1. Data Sources in Final Rule
In most cases, the FDIC will use data
that are publicly available to compute
77 72 FR 27122 (May 14, 2007); https://
edocket.access.gpo.gov/2007/pdf/E7-9196.pdf.
78 The final rule does not affect the procedures or
timetable for appealing assessment rates. The
procedures and timetable are described on the
FDIC’s Web site: https://www.fdic.gov/deposit/
insurance/assessments/requests_review.html.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
scorecard measures. Data elements
required to compute four scorecard
measures—higher-risk assets, top 20
counterparty exposures, the largest
counterparty exposure and criticized
and classified items—are gathered
during the examination process. Rather
than relying on the examination
process, the FDIC will collect the data
elements for these four scorecard
measures directly from each institution.
The FDIC anticipates that the necessary
changes will be made to Call Reports
and TFRs beginning with second quarter
of 2011. These data elements will
remain confidential.
2. Comments on the Data Sources
A bank commented that the data
reported for use in scorecard
calculations may not be consistent
among banks and is subject to
definitional interpretation. The final
rule incorporates detailed definitions
and industry recommendations for
various data elements, which should
eliminate any significant
inconsistencies among the data
collected. Another commenter stated
that nonpublic data used in the
scorecard may be incorrect. The FDIC
will collect all data through the Call
Reports and TFRs, and each institution’s
management will attest to the accuracy
of the information.
H. Updating the Scorecard
The FDIC will have the flexibility to
update the minimum and maximum
cutoff values used in each scorecard
annually without further rulemaking as
long as the method of selecting cut-off
values remains unchanged. The FDIC
can add new data for subsequent years
to its analysis and can, from time to
time, exclude some earlier years from its
analysis. Updating the minimum and
maximum cutoff values and weights
will allow the FDIC to use the most
recent data, thereby improving the
accuracy of the scorecard method.
If, as a result of its review and
analysis, the FDIC concludes that
measures should be used to determine
risk-based assessments, that the method
of additional or alternative selecting
cutoff values should be revised, that the
weights assigned to the scorecard
measures should be recalibrated, or that
a new method should be used to
differentiate risk among large
institutions or highly complex
institutions, changes will be made
through a future rulemaking.
The data used to calculate scorecard
measures for any given quarter will be
calculated from the Call Reports and
TFRs filed by each insured depository
institution as of the last day of the
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
quarter. CAMELS component rating
changes will be effective as of the date
that the rating change is transmitted to
the insured depository institution for
purposes of determining assessment
rates.79
I. Additional Comments
The FDIC received approximately 25
comments related to the Large Bank
NPR. Most commenters opposed the
rule because they claimed it is not riskbased when combined with the
proposed new assessment base, is too
complex and is not transparent. Two
commenters expressed support for the
proposal, including the elimination of
long-term debt issuer ratings and riskbased categories for large banks. In
addition to the comments described
above, responders also commented on
other issues discussed below.
1. Risk-Based Assessment System
Some commenters stated that the rule
unfairly penalizes large insured
depository institutions without
demonstrating that they pose greater
risk to the DIF. Several commenters
argued that the FDIC should lower rates
applicable to large banks because the
proposed rates, when applied to the
new assessment base, increase large
banks’ assessments and misrepresent
the actual risk posed by large banks and,
therefore, violate the statutory
requirement that the assessment system
be risk-based. One commenter argued
that large banks should not be penalized
with a greater share of overall
assessments because large banks caused
little of the recent losses to the DIF.
Some commenters argued that the
assessment rates and the new large bank
pricing system result in assessments for
small banks that are too low, thus
underpricing risk and creating moral
hazard.
In the FDIC’s view, the final rule
preserves and improves the risk-based
assessment system. Under the FDI Act,
the FDIC’s Board of Directors must
establish a risk-based assessment system
so that a depository institution’s deposit
insurance assessment is calculated
based on the probability that the DIF
will incur a loss with respect to the
institution (taking into consideration the
79 Pursuant to existing supervisory practice, the
FDIC does not assign a different component rating
from that assigned by an institution’s primary
federal regulator, even if the FDIC disagrees with a
CAMELS component assigned by an institution’s
primary federal regulator, unless: (1) The
disagreement over the component rating also
involves a disagreement over a CAMELS composite
rating; and (2) the disagreement over the CAMELS
composite rating is not a disagreement over whether
the CAMELS composite rating should be a 1 or a
2. The FDIC has no plans to alter this practice.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
risks attributable to different categories
and concentrations of assets, different
categories and concentrations of
liabilities, and any other relevant factors
regarding loss); the likely amount of any
loss to the DIF; and the revenue needs
of the DIF.
The assessment system complies with
this requirement. For a large insured
depository institution, the performance
score (which explicitly takes into
consideration the risks attributable to
different categories and concentrations
of assets, different categories and
concentrations of liabilities, and many
other relevant factors regarding loss),
the loss severity score, the assessment
rate adjustments (the unsecured debt
adjustment, the depository institution
debt adjustment and the brokered
deposit adjustment) and the DoddFrank-required assessment base, taken
together, reasonably represent both the
probability that the DIF will incur a loss
with respect to the institution and the
likely amount of any such loss.
For a small institution, capital levels
and CAMELS ratings (both of which
correlate with probability of failure)
and, if the institution is well capitalized
and well managed, the financial ratios
method (which measures the probability
that an institution’s supervisory
CAMELS rating will decline to a
CAMELS 3, 4 or 5), combined with the
assessment rate adjustments and the
new assessment base determine the
probability that the DIF will incur a loss
with respect to the institution and the
likely amount of any such loss.80
For several reasons, the FDIC
disagrees with any implication that new
assessment base mandated by DoddFrank is a poorer measure of exposure
to loss than domestic deposits. In most
instances, when an institution fails, the
great majority of its liabilities are
insured deposits and secured liabilities,
both of which expose the FDIC to loss.
Unlike the old assessment base, the new
assessment base captures both types of
liabilities. In addition, the new
assessment base includes other
liabilities (uninsured deposits, foreign
deposits, and short-term unsecured
liabilities) that, in large part, are either
paid before the institution fails,
reducing the assets available to the DIF
to cover losses, or are replaced by
insured deposits or secured liabilities.
Thus, including short-term unsecured
80 This system is simpler than the system that will
be applied to large insured depository institutions,
but large depository institutions are much more
complex and pose more complex risks. The FDI Act
explicitly allows the FDIC to create different riskbased assessment systems for small and large
insured depository institutions. 12 U.S.C.
1817(b)(1)(D).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
debt and foreign deposits in the
assessment base makes sense, since this
kind of debt provides no cushion to
absorb losses in the event of failure.
While Congress also included long-term
unsecured debt in the assessment base,
the unsecured debt adjustment for longterm debt recognizes that this form of
liability provides a cushion to absorb
losses ahead of the FDIC in the event of
failure.
Using data as of September 30, 2010,
under the current assessment system,
the 110 large insured depository
institutions hold about 70 percent of the
assessment base and pay about 70
percent of total assessments. Under the
new assessment base and large bank
pricing system, they will hold about 78
percent of the assessment base and pay
about 79 percent of total assessments.
Congress expressly intended this
result and viewed the new assessment
base as a better measure of risk than the
previous base of domestic deposits:
Community banks with less than $10
billion in assets rely heavily on customer
deposits for funding. This penalizes safe
institutions by forcing them to pay deposit
insurance premiums above and beyond the
risk they pose to the banking system.
Despite making up just 20 percent of the
Nation’s assets, these community banks
contribute 30 percent of the premiums to the
deposit insurance fund. At the same time,
large banks hold 80 percent of the banking
industry’s assets. Yet they just pay 70 percent
of the premiums. There is no reason for
community banks to have to make up this
gap.
What we need is a level playing field.
* * * Community banks didn’t cause the
problems. To have them pay more
proportionately in FDIC insurance than the
big banks do is unfair.
Statements of Senator Hutchison, 156
Cong. Rec. S3154 (May 5, 2010) (CoSponsor of Amendment No. 3749,
which contains the new assessment
base).
We must fix this inequality. That is what
the Tester-Hutchison measure does. It will do
so by requiring the FDIC to change the
assessment base to a more accurate measure:
a bank’s total assets, less tangible capital.
This change will broaden the assessment
base and will better measure the risk a bank
poses.
A bank’s assets include its loans
outstanding and securities held. One need
only look back to the last 2 years to know
those are the assets that are more likely to
show a bank’s exposure to risk than just plain
deposits. It wasn’t a bank’s deposits that
contributed to the financial meltdown. The
meltdown was caused by bad mortgages
which were packaged into risky mortgagebacked securities which were used to create
derivatives. These risky financial instruments
and the large institutions that created and
held them are what led to our financial crisis.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10701
Statements of Senator Hutchison, 156
Cong. Rec. S3297 (May 6, 2010).81
Consequently, the FDIC’s assessment
system fully comports with the
requirements of the FDI Act.82
Furthermore, the combined effect of the
new assessment base, assessment rates
and the large bank pricing system does
not result in uniformly higher
assessments for all large institutions.
Based on September 30, 2010 data, for
59 of the 110 large depository
institutions, assessments will decline as
a result of this combined effect of
changes to the assessment base,
assessment rates, and the large bank
pricing system.
The changes in the assessment system
applicable to large insured depository
institutions are intended to increase risk
differentiation, with safer institutions
paying less and riskier ones paying
more. As a result of the recent financial
crisis, the FDIC is now better able to
measure and price for risks that result
in failures and losses at large
institutions. Higher assessments for
some of these institutions are entirely
consistent with the express intent of
Congress that Dodd-Frank would revise
‘‘the FDIC’s assessment base for deposit
insurance, maintaining the risk-based
nature of the assessment structure but
transitioning to a broader assessment
base for bank premiums based on total
assets (minus tangible equity).’’ U.S.
House. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act,
Conference Report (to Accompany H.R.
4173) (111 H. Rpt. 517).
2. Complexity of the Scorecard
Several commenters, including an
industry trade group, criticized the
proposed scorecard for being overly
complex, making it difficult to make
meaningful suggestions on how to
improve the model and to accurately
predict assessments. An industry trade
group stated that, given the overall
complexity, the FDIC should
demonstrate that the model fairly
differentiates risk consistent with the
risk-based model for small banks.
The FDIC recognizes that the
scorecards remain somewhat complex
despite simplifying revisions made in
response to comments on the April
NPR. However, many large insured
depository institutions themselves use a
scorecard approach to assess
81 Similar arguments in favor of the amendment
were made by co-sponsor Senator Tester and
Senators Johanns and Brown. Statements of
Senators Tester, Senator Johanns and Senator
Brown, 156 Cong. Rec. S3296, S3297, S3298 (May
6, 2010).
82 As discussed earlier, the assessment system
also takes into account the DIF’s revenue needs.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10702
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
counterparty risk. Moreover, given the
complexity of large institutions—both in
terms of their operations and
activities—the FDIC believes that
further simplifying the scorecard would
materially reduce its ability to
differentiate risk among large
institutions.
The FDIC also believes that the
measures that best assess a large
institution’s ability to withstand stress
are different from those for small
institutions. As discussed above and in
the Large Bank NPR, statistical analysis
supports the conclusion that scorecard
measures predict the long-term
performance of large institutions
significantly better than the measures
included in the small bank model,
which is calibrated on the performance
of smaller institutions.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
3. Weights of the Scorecard Measures
Several commenters suggested that
several of the weights assigned to a
scorecard measure or a scorecard
component should be altered. Scorecard
measures and the weights assigned to
each measure are based on the statistical
analysis of historical performance over
the 2005 to 2008 period, focusing on
how well these measures predict a large
institution’s long-term performance.
Altering the weights without empirical
support would reduce the scorecard’s
ability to differentiate institution’s longterm risk to the DIF and add subjectivity
to the model. If future statistical
analysis should indicate that the
weights assigned to the scorecard
measures should be recalibrated,
recalibration will be undertaken through
rulemaking.
4. Lack of Transparency
Several comments mentioned the lack
of transparency in the model, stating
that validation is difficult given that all
of the information in the scorecard is
not publicly available. Another
comment stated that the FDIC should
periodically seek bids in the reinsurance
market (for aggregate and large bank
exposures) as an independent
verification of the accuracy of the
FDIC’s deposit insurance pricing.
While most of the measures used to
calculate an institution’s score are
publicly available, a few are not.
Nevertheless, each institution has the
information it needs to determine the
effect of the scorecard on its own
assessment. In addition, the FDIC has
published the assessment calculator so
that a large institution can determine
how its assessment rate is calculated
and analyze the sensitivity of its
assessments to changes in scorecard
measure values. Appendix 2 contains
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
the detailed description of the scorecard
model, the result of statistical analysis,
and the derivation of weights.
The FDIC has previously investigated
the possibility of seeking bids in the
reinsurance market, and has not found
a practicable way to implement it for
large institutions.
5. Pro-Cyclicality
Several commenters stated that
although the FDIC’s stated intent is to
reduce pro-cyclicality in the assessment
system, the proposed system remains
pro-cyclical since many of the scorecard
measures, including the CAMELS
ratings, would be worse under adverse
economic conditions.
In selecting scorecard measures and
assigning respective weights, the FDIC
relied on statistical analysis that
identified how well each measure
predicts a large institution’s long-term
performance. While some of scorecard
measures have pro-cyclical features, the
FDIC believes that, by focusing on longterm performance, the scorecard, which
combines these measures with other
more forward looking measures, is less
procyclical than the system it replaces.
6. Request to Extend the Comment
Period and Delay Implementation
Several commenters stated that the
FDIC should extend the comment
period and delay implementation of this
rulemaking so that the industry can
fully analyze the complex proposed
system and study the effects that the
proposed pricing and assessment base
rules would have on the banking
industry and the economy. The FDIC
believes that the industry has had ample
time to analyze the proposal given that
the Large Bank NPR is very similar to
the April NPR, on which institutions
had an opportunity to review and
provide comments. Furthermore,
delaying implementation would
adversely affect those institutions that
will benefit from lower assessments
under the new system.
7. Ceiling on Dollar Amount of
Assessments
Two commenters stated that the
dollar amount of assessments paid
should not exceed the amount of
insured deposits. Another commenter
noted that the proposed assessment base
and scorecard are causing unreasonably
high assessments for banks with small
deposit bases.
The FDIC believes that a ceiling on
the assessment rate or total assessment
is not consistent with the intent of
Congress to change the assessment base
from one based on deposits to one based
on assets. In addition, it could create an
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
incentive for an institution to hold risky
assets or to move assets among its
various affiliates to avoid higher deposit
insurance assessments. Therefore, the
final rule does not include a ceiling on
the total assessment payment.
8. Cliff Effect
Two commenters criticized the
proposal for unfairly punishing
institutions that are close to the $10
billion asset threshold, claiming that
assessments increase significantly once
the institution’s assets exceed $10
billion. The same commenters suggested
that the FDIC should develop a plan that
incrementally increases assessment
rates for banks that exceed the $10
billion asset threshold.
The FDIC disagrees. Analysis based
on September 2010 data show that
under the final rule, as under the
existing system, some institutions’
assessment rates would increase, while
others would decrease, when changing
size classification. However, movement
from one size category to another will
not occur without warning. To reduce
potential volatility in assessment rates,
a small institution does not become
large until it reports assets of $10 billion
or greater for four consecutive quarters;
similarly, a large institution does not
become small until it reports assets of
less than $10 billion for four
consecutive quarters.
9. Statistical Analysis
Several commenters questioned the
validity of the statistical analysis used
to support the proposed changes. In
particular, commenters expressed
concern that the scorecard was
calibrated using data on small bank
failures and CAMELS downgrades,
which would not reflect the risks and
behaviors of large institutions.
Commenters also noted that, since the
analysis only covers the most recent
period of heightened bank failures, it
may fail to identify or adequately weight
factors that are likely to lead to
problems in the future. One commenter
was critical of including failures in the
sample that did not result in a loss to
the DIF.
The FDIC agrees that using the recent
experience of small banks to determine
the scorecard factors and weights would
likely result in a system that misprices
the risk posed by large institutions. For
this reason, the FDIC chose not to use
small bank failures or downgrades as
the basis for its statistical analysis.
Instead, as described in Appendix 1 of
the NPR, the risk measures included in
the performance score and the weights
assigned to those measures were
generally based on results from a
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
regression (OLS) model using FDIC
expert judgment rankings of large
institutions. In addition, the FDIC tested
the robustness of scorecard measures in
predicting a large institution’s long-term
performance using a logistic regression
model that estimates the ability of those
same measures to predict whether a
large institution would fail or receive
significant government support prior to
year-end 2009. The analysis included
institutions that failed but did not cause
a loss to the DIF in the sample, since
these models were used to select
measures and assign appropriate
weights for the performance score, not
the loss severity score.
The FDIC recognizes that any
statistical analysis is necessarily
backward looking and that risks may
arise in the future that are not
adequately captured in the scorecard.
However, the FDIC feels that the
proposed framework is more
comprehensive and reduces the
likelihood of such an occurrence
compared to the current system, which
was less effective in capturing the risks
that resulted in recent failures. The
FDIC believes that the scorecard should
allow us to differentiate risk during
periods of good economic and banking
conditions based on how institutions
would fare during periods of economic
stress. To achieve that goal, the FDIC
focused on risk measures that best
predicted how institutions fared during
the period of most recent stress using
the data during the period of favorable
economic conditions.
A few commenters suggested that
regression results provided in Appendix
1 of the Large Bank NPR actually
undermine support for the performance
score factors. In particular, one
commenter stated that the estimated
OLS coefficients for several ratios had
the wrong sign, and concluded that the
regression was mis-specified. Further,
the commenter stated that the
relationship between the expert
judgment rankings and true risk to the
DIF was unsupported. Another
commenter stated that Chart 2.1 in
Appendix 2 to the Large Bank NPR
(showing the relationship between total
scores and failures) demonstrates that
the scorecard does a poor job of
discriminating between failures and
non-failures, and should, therefore, be
abandoned until a more robust model is
developed.
The FDIC disagrees with this
assessment. As described in Appendix B
to this final rule, the FDIC normalized
all scorecard measures into a score that
ranges between 0 and 100—0 indicating
the lowest risk and 100 indicating the
highest risk, before conducting the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
statistical analysis—both OLS and
logistic regression. Once normalized in
such a way, all scorecard measures
should be and were positively
correlated with risk, that is, a high score
indicates high risk and a low score
indicates low risk, and the relative
difference in coefficients can be easily
converted to weights.
In addition, Chart 3.1 in Appendix 3
to this final rule shows that large
institutions with a total score in the top
decile as of year-end 2006 represented
a disproportionately high percentage of
failures between 2006 and 2009. Given
that the performance score factors and
weights were largely calibrated to the
FDIC’s expert judgment rankings, this
result also provides indirect support for
a relationship between the FDIC’s expert
view and actual risk to.
VII. Effective Date
Except as specifically noted above,
the final rule will take effect for the
quarter beginning April 1, 2011, and
will be reflected in the invoices for
assessments due September 30, 2011.
The FDIC has considered the possibility
of making the application of the new
assessment base, the revised assessment
rates, and the changes to the assessment
rate adjustments retroactive to passage
of Dodd-Frank. However, as this rule
details, implementation of Dodd-Frank
requires that a number of changes be
made to the Call Report and TFR that
render a retroactive application
operationally infeasible. Additionally,
retroactively applying these changes
would introduce significant legal
complexity as well as unacceptable
levels of litigation risk. The FDIC is
committed to implementing Dodd-Frank
in the most expeditious manner possible
and is contemporaneously pursuing
necessary changes to the Call Report
and TFR. The effective date is
contingent upon these changes being
made; if there is a delay in changing the
Call Report and TFR, the effective date
of this rule may be delayed.
VIII. Regulatory Analysis and
Procedure
A. Regulatory Flexibility Act
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
(RFA), each federal agency must prepare
a final regulatory flexibility analysis in
connection with the promulgation of a
final rule,83 or certify that the final rule
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities.84 Certain types of rules, such as
rules of particular applicability relating
to rates or corporate or financial
83 5
U.S.C. 604.
5 U.S.C. 605(b).
84 See
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
structures, or practices relating to such
rates or structures, are expressly
excluded from the definition of ‘‘rule’’
for purposes of the RFA.85 The final rule
relates to the rates imposed on insured
depository institutions for deposit
insurance, to the risk-based assessment
system components that measure risk
and weigh that risk in determining an
insured depository institution’s
assessment rate and to the assessment
base on which rates are charged.
Consequently, a regulatory flexibility
analysis is not required. Nevertheless,
the FDIC is voluntarily undertaking a
regulatory flexibility analysis.
As of September 30, 2010, of the 7,770
insured commercial banks and savings
associations, there were 4,229 small
insured depository institutions as that
term is defined for purposes of the RFA
(i.e., institutions with $175 million or
less in assets).
The final rule will adopt the DoddFrank definition of assessment base and
alter assessment rates and the
adjustments to those rates at the same
time that the new assessment base takes
effect. Under this part of the rule, 99
percent of small institutions will be
subject to lower assessments. In effect,
the rule will decrease small institution
assessments by an average of $10,320
per quarter and will alter the present
distribution of assessments by reducing
the percentage of the assessments borne
by small institutions. As of September
30, 2010, small institutions, as that term
is defined for purposes of the RFA,
actually accounted for 3.7 percent of
total assessments. Also as of that date,
but applying the new assessment rates
against an estimate of the new
assessment base, small institutions
would have accounted for 2.4 percent of
the total cost of insurance assessments.
Other parts of the final rule will
progressively lower assessment rates
when the reserve ratio reaches 1.15
percent, 2 percent and 2.5 percent.
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the RFA,
the FDIC certifies that the rule will not
have a significant economic effect on
small entities unless and until the DIF
reserve ratio exceeds specific thresholds
of 1.15, 1.5, 2, and 2.5 percent. The
reserve ratio is unlikely to reach these
levels for many years. When it does, the
overall effect of the rule will be positive
for entities of all sizes. All entities,
including small entities, will receive a
net benefit as a result of lower
assessments paid. The rate reductions in
the rule should not alter the distribution
of the assessment burden between small
entities and all others. It is difficult to
realistically quantify the benefit at the
85 See
Sfmt 4700
10703
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
5 U.S.C. 601.
25FER2
10704
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
present time. However, the initial
magnitude of the benefit (when the
reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent) is
likely to be less than a 2 percent
increase in after-tax income and less
than a 20 basis point increase in capital.
The portion of the final rule that
relates to the assessment system
applicable to large insured depository
institutions applies only to institutions
with $10 billion or greater in total
assets. Consequently, small institutions
will experience no significant economic
impact as the result of this portion of
the final rule.
B. Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act
The Office of Management and Budget
has determined that the final rule is not
a ‘‘major rule’’ within the meaning of the
relevant sections of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Act of 1996
(SBREFA) Public Law 110–28 (1996). As
required by law, the FDIC will file the
appropriate reports with Congress and
the Government Accountability Office
so that the final rule may be reviewed.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
No collections of information
pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction
Act (44 U.S.C. Ch. 3501 et seq.) are
contained in the final rule.
D. Solicitation of Comments on Use of
Plain Language
Section 722 of the Gramm-LeachBliley Act, Public Law 106–102, 113
Stat. 1338, 1471 (Nov. 12, 1999),
requires the federal banking agencies to
use plain language in all proposed and
final rules published after January 1,
2000. The FDIC invited comments on
how to make this proposal easier to
understand. No comments addressing
this issue were received.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
E. The Treasury and General
Government Appropriation Act, 1999—
Assessment of Federal Regulations and
Policies on Families
The FDIC has determined that the
final rule will not affect family wellbeing within the meaning of section 654
of the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act,
enacted as part of the Omnibus
Consolidated and Emergency
Supplemental Appropriations Act of
1999 (Pub. L. 105–277, 112 Stat. 2681).
List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 327
Bank deposit insurance, Banks,
Banking, Savings associations.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble the FDIC proposes to amend
chapter III of title 12 of the Code of
Federal Regulations as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PART 327—ASSESSMENTS
1. The authority citation for part 327
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1441, 1813, 1815,
1817–19, 1821.
2. Amend § 327.4 by revising
paragraphs (c) and (f) to read as follows:
■
§ 327.4
Assessment rates.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Requests for review. An institution
that believes any assessment risk
assignment provided by the Corporation
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section
is incorrect and seeks to change it must
submit a written request for review of
that risk assignment. An institution
cannot request review through this
process of the CAMELS ratings assigned
by its primary federal regulator or
challenge the appropriateness of any
such rating; each federal regulator has
established procedures for that purpose.
An institution may also request review
of a determination by the FDIC to assess
the institution as a large, highly
complex, or a small institution
(§ 327.9(e)(3)) or a determination by the
FDIC that the institution is a new
institution (§ 327.9(f)(5)). Any request
for review must be submitted within 90
days from the date the assessment risk
assignment being challenged pursuant
to paragraph (a) of this section appears
on the institution’s quarterly certified
statement invoice. The request shall be
submitted to the Corporation’s Director
of the Division of Insurance and
Research in Washington, DC, and shall
include documentation sufficient to
support the change sought by the
institution. If additional information is
requested by the Corporation, such
information shall be provided by the
institution within 21 days of the date of
the request for additional information.
Any institution submitting a timely
request for review will receive written
notice from the Corporation regarding
the outcome of its request. Upon
completion of a review, the Director of
the Division of Insurance and Research
(or designee) or the Director of the
Division of Supervision and Consumer
Protection (or designee) or any
successor divisions, as appropriate,
shall promptly notify the institution in
writing of his or her determination of
whether a change is warranted. If the
institution requesting review disagrees
with that determination, it may appeal
to the FDIC’s Assessment Appeals
Committee. Notice of the procedures
applicable to appeals will be included
with the written determination.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(f) Effective date for changes to risk
assignment. Changes to an insured
institution’s risk assignment resulting
from a supervisory ratings change
become effective as of the date of
written notification to the institution by
its primary federal regulator or state
authority of its supervisory rating (even
when the CAMELS component ratings
have not been disclosed to the
institution), if the FDIC, after taking into
account other information that could
affect the rating, agrees with the rating.
If the FDIC does not agree, the FDIC will
notify the institution of the FDIC’s
supervisory rating; resulting changes to
an insured institution’s risk assignment
become effective as of the date of
written notification to the institution by
the FDIC.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Revise § 327.5 to read as follows:
§ 327.5
Assessment base.
(a) Assessment base for all insured
depository institutions. Except as
provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d)
of this section, the assessment base for
an insured depository institution shall
equal the average consolidated total
assets of the insured depository
institution during the assessment period
minus the average tangible equity of the
insured depository institution during
the assessment period.
(1) Average consolidated total assets
defined and calculated. Average
consolidated total assets are defined in
the schedule of quarterly averages in the
Consolidated Reports of Condition and
Income, using either a daily averaging
method or a weekly averaging method
as described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or
(ii) of this section. The amounts to be
reported as daily averages are the sum
of the gross amounts of consolidated
total assets for each calendar day during
the quarter divided by the number of
calendar days in the quarter. The
amounts to be reported as weekly
averages are the sum of the gross
amounts of consolidated total assets for
each Wednesday during the quarter
divided by the number of Wednesdays
in the quarter. For days that an office of
the reporting institution (or any of its
subsidiaries or branches) is closed (e.g.,
Saturdays, Sundays, or holidays), the
amounts outstanding from the previous
business day will be used. An office is
considered closed if there are no
transactions posted to the general ledger
as of that date. For institutions that
begin operating during the calendar
quarter, the amounts to be reported as
daily averages are the sum of the gross
amounts of consolidated total assets for
each calendar day the institution was
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
operating during the quarter divided by
the number of calendar days the
institution was operating during the
quarter.
(i) Institutions that must report
average consolidated total assets using
a daily averaging method. All insured
depository institutions that report $1
billion or more in quarter-end
consolidated total assets on their March
31, 2011 Consolidated Report of
Condition and Income or Thrift
Financial Report (or successor report),
and all institutions that become insured
after March 31, 2011, shall report
average consolidated total assets as of
the close of business for each day of the
calendar quarter.
(ii) Institutions that may report
average consolidated total assets using
a weekly averaging method. All insured
depository institutions that report less
than $1 billion in quarter-end
consolidated total assets on their March
31, 2011, Consolidated Report of
Condition and Income or Thrift
Financial Report may report average
consolidated total assets as an average of
the balances as of the close of business
on each Wednesday during the calendar
quarter, or may at any time opt
permanently to report average
consolidated total assets on a daily basis
as set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this
section. Once an institution that reports
average consolidated total assets using a
weekly average reports average
consolidated total assets equal to or
greater than $1 billion for two
consecutive quarters, it shall
permanently report average
consolidated total assets using daily
averaging starting in the next quarter.
(iii) Mergers and consolidations. The
average calculation of the assets of the
surviving or resulting institution in a
merger or consolidation shall include
the assets of all the merged or
consolidated institutions for the days in
the quarter prior to the merger or
consolidation, whether reported by the
daily or weekly method.
(2) Average tangible equity defined
and calculated. Tangible equity is
defined as Tier 1 capital.
(i) Calculation of average tangible
equity. Except as provided in paragraph
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, average tangible
equity shall be calculated using monthly
averaging. Monthly averaging means the
average of the three month-end balances
within the quarter.
(ii) Alternate calculation of average
tangible equity. Institutions that report
less than $1 billion in quarter-end
consolidated total assets on their March
31, 2011 Consolidated Reports of
Condition and Income or Thrift
Financial Reports may report average
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
tangible equity using an end-of-quarter
balance or may at any time opt
permanently to report average tangible
equity using a monthly average balance.
An institution that reports average
tangible equity using an end-of-quarter
balance and reports average daily or
weekly consolidated assets of $1 billion
or more for two consecutive quarters
shall permanently report average
tangible equity using monthly averaging
starting in the next quarter. Newly
insured institutions shall report using
monthly averaging.
(iii) Calculation of average tangible
equity for the surviving institution in a
merger or consolidation. For the
surviving institution in a merger or
consolidation, Tier 1 capital shall be
calculated as if the merger occurred on
the first day of the quarter in which the
merger or consolidation occurred.
(3) Consolidated subsidiaries—
(i) Reporting for insured depository
institutions with consolidated
subsidiaries that are not insured
depository institutions. For insured
institutions with consolidated
subsidiaries that are not insured
depository institutions, assets, including
assets eliminated in consolidation, shall
be calculated using a daily or weekly
averaging method, corresponding to the
daily or weekly averaging requirement
of the parent institution. The
Consolidated Reports of Condition and
Income instructions in effect for the
quarter for which data is being reported
shall govern calculation of the average
amount of subsidiaries’ assets, including
those assets eliminated in consolidation.
An insured depository institution that
reports average tangible equity using a
monthly averaging method and that has
subsidiaries that are not insured
depository institutions shall use
monthly average reporting for the
subsidiaries. The monthly average data
for these subsidiaries, however, may be
calculated for the current quarter or for
the prior quarter consistent with the
method used to report average
consolidated total assets and in
conformity with Consolidated Reports
of Condition and Income requirements.
Once the method of reporting the
subsidiaries’ assets and tangible equity
is chosen, however (current quarter or
prior quarter), insured depository
institutions cannot change the reporting
method from quarter to quarter. An
institution that reports consolidated
assets and tangible equity using data for
the prior quarter may switch to
concurrent reporting on a permanent
basis.
(ii) Reporting for insured depository
institutions with consolidated insured
depository subsidiaries. Insured
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10705
depository institutions that consolidate
with other insured depository
institutions for financial reporting
purposes shall report for the parent and
for each subsidiary individually, daily
average consolidated total assets or
weekly average consolidated total
assets, as appropriate under paragraph
(a)(1)(i) or (ii) above, and tangible
equity, without consolidating their
insured depository institution
subsidiaries into the calculations.
Investments in insured depository
institution subsidiaries should be
included in total assets using the equity
method of accounting.
(b) Assessment base for banker’s
banks—(1) Bankers bank defined. A
banker’s bank for purposes of
calculating deposit insurance
assessments shall meet the definition of
banker’s bank as that term is used in 12
U.S.C. 24. Banker’s banks that have
funds from government capital infusion
programs (such as TARP and the Small
Business Lending Fund), and stock
owned by the FDIC resulting from banks
failures, as well as non-bank-owned
stock resulting from equity
compensation programs, are not thereby
excluded from the definition of banker’s
banks.
(2) Self-certification. Institutions that
meet the requirements of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section shall so certify to
that effect each quarter on the
Consolidated Reports of Condition and
Income or Thrift Financial Report or
successor report.
(3) Assessment base calculation for
banker’s banks. A banker’s bank shall
pay deposit insurance assessments on
its assessment base as calculated in
paragraph (a) of this section provided
that it conducts 50 percent or more of
its business with entities other than its
parent holding company or entities
other than those controlled (control has
the same meaning as in section 3(w)(5)
of the FDI Act) either directly or
indirectly by its parent holding
company. The assessment base will
exclude the average (daily or weekly
depending on how the institution
calculates its average consolidated total
assets) amount of reserve balances
passed through to the Federal Reserve,
the average amount of reserve balances
held at the Federal Reserve for its own
account (including all balances due
from the Federal Reserve as described in
the instructions to line 4 of Schedule
RC–A of the Consolidated Report of
Condition and Income as of December
31, 2010), and the average amount of the
institution’s federal funds sold, but in
no case shall the amount excluded
exceed the sum of the bank’s average
amount of total deposits of commercial
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
10706
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
banks and other depository institutions
in the United States and the average
amount of its federal funds purchased.
(c) Assessment base for custodial
banks—(1) Custodial bank defined. A
custodial bank for purposes of
calculating deposit insurance
assessments shall be an insured
depository institution with previous
calendar-year trust assets (fiduciary and
custody and safekeeping assets, as
described in the instructions to
Schedule RC–T of the Consolidated
Report of Condition and Income as of
December 31, 2010) of at least $50
billion or an insured depository
institution that derived more than 50
percent of its total revenue (interest
income plus non-interest income) from
trust activity over the previous calendar
year.
(2) Assessment base calculation for
custodial banks. A custodial bank shall
pay deposit insurance assessments on
its assessment base as calculated in
paragraph (a) of this section, but the
FDIC will exclude from that assessment
base the daily or weekly average
(depending on how the bank reports its
average consolidated total assets) of all
asset types described in the instructions
to lines 34, 35, 36, and 37 of Schedule
RC–R of the Consolidated Report of
Condition and Income as of December
31, 2010 with a Basel risk weighting of
0 percent, regardless of maturity, plus
50 percent of those asset types described
in lines 34, 35, 36, and 37 of Schedule
RC–R as of December 31, 2010 with a
Basel risk weighting of 20 percent
regardless of maturity subject to the
limitation that the daily or weekly
average value of these assets cannot
exceed the daily or weekly average
value of those deposits classified as
transaction accounts in the instructions
to Schedule RC–E of the Consolidated
Report of Condition and Income as of
December 31, 2010, and identified by
the institution as being directly linked
to a fiduciary or custodial and
safekeeping account asset.
(d) Assessment base for insured
branches of foreign banks. Average
consolidated total assets for an insured
branch of a foreign bank are defined as
total assets of the branch (including net
due from related depository institutions)
in accordance with the schedule of
assets and liabilities in the Report of
Assets and Liabilities of U.S. Branches
and Agencies of Foreign Banks as of the
assessment period for which the
assessment is being calculated, but
measured using the definition for
reporting total assets in the schedule of
quarterly averages in the Consolidated
Reports of Condition and Income, and
calculated using the appropriate daily or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
weekly averaging method under
paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
Tangible equity for an insured branch of
a foreign bank is eligible assets
(determined in accordance with
§ 347.210 of the FDIC’s regulations) less
the book value of liabilities (exclusive of
liabilities due to the foreign bank’s head
office, other branches, agencies, offices,
or wholly owned subsidiaries)
calculated on a monthly or end-ofquarter basis, according to the branch’s
size.
(e) Newly insured institutions. A
newly insured institution shall pay an
assessment for the assessment period
during which it became insured. The
FDIC will prorate the newly insured
institution’s assessment amount to
reflect the number of days it was
insured during the period.
■
4. Revise § 327.6 to read as follows:
§ 327.6 Mergers and consolidations; other
terminations of insurance.
(a) Final quarterly certified invoice for
acquired institution. An institution that
is not the resulting or surviving
institution in a merger or consolidation
must file a report of condition for every
assessment period prior to the
assessment period in which the merger
or consolidation occurs. The surviving
or resulting institution shall be
responsible for ensuring that these
reports of condition are filed and shall
be liable for any unpaid assessments on
the part of the institution that is not the
resulting or surviving institution.
(b) Assessment for quarter in which
the merger or consolidation occurs. For
an assessment period in which a merger
or consolidation occurs, consolidated
total assets for the surviving or resulting
institution shall include the
consolidated total assets of all insured
depository institutions that are parties
to the merger or consolidation as if the
merger or consolidation occurred on the
first day of the assessment period. Tier
1 capital shall be reported in the same
manner.
(c) Other termination. When the
insured status of an institution is
terminated, and the deposit liabilities of
such institution are not assumed by
another insured depository institution—
(1) Payment of assessments; quarterly
certified statement invoices. The
depository institution whose insured
status is terminating shall continue to
file and certify its quarterly certified
statement invoice and pay assessments
for the assessment period its deposits
are insured. Such institution shall not
be required to certify its quarterly
certified statement invoice and pay
further assessments after it has paid in
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
full its deposit liabilities and the
assessment to the Corporation required
to be paid for the assessment period in
which its deposit liabilities are paid in
full, and after it, under applicable law,
goes out of business or transfers all or
substantially all of its assets and
liabilities to other institutions or
otherwise ceases to be obliged to pay
subsequent assessments.
(2) Payment of deposits; certification
to Corporation. When the deposit
liabilities of the depository institution
have been paid in full, the depository
institution shall certify to the
Corporation that the deposit liabilities
have been paid in full and give the date
of the final payment. When the
depository institution has unclaimed
deposits, the certification shall further
state the amount of the unclaimed
deposits and the disposition made of the
funds to be held to meet the claims. For
assessment purposes, the following will
be considered as payment of the
unclaimed deposits:
(i) The transfer of cash funds in an
amount sufficient to pay the unclaimed
and unpaid deposits to the public
official authorized by law to receive the
same; or
(ii) If no law provides for the transfer
of funds to a public official, the transfer
of cash funds or compensatory assets to
an insured depository institution in an
amount sufficient to pay the unclaimed
and unpaid deposits in consideration
for the assumption of the deposit
obligations by the insured depository
institution.
(3) Notice to depositors. (i) The
depository institution whose insured
status is terminating shall give sufficient
advance notice of the intended transfer
to the owners of the unclaimed deposits
to enable the depositors to obtain their
deposits prior to the transfer. The notice
shall be mailed to each depositor and
shall be published in a local newspaper
of general circulation. The notice shall
advise the depositors of the liquidation
of the depository institution, request
them to call for and accept payment of
their deposits, and state the disposition
to be made of their deposits if they fail
to promptly claim the deposits.
(ii) If the unclaimed and unpaid
deposits are disposed of as provided in
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, a
certified copy of the public official’s
receipt issued for the funds shall be
furnished to the Corporation.
(iii) If the unclaimed and unpaid
deposits are disposed of as provided in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, an
affidavit of the publication and of the
mailing of the notice to the depositors,
together with a copy of the notice and
a certified copy of the contract of
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
assumption, shall be furnished to the
Corporation.
(4) Notice to Corporation. The
depository institution whose insured
status is terminating shall advise the
Corporation of the date on which it goes
out of business or transfers all or
substantially all of its assets and
liabilities to other institutions or
otherwise ceases to be obligated to pay
subsequent assessments and the method
whereby the termination has been
effected.
(d) Resumption of insured status
before insurance of deposits ceases. If a
depository institution whose insured
status has been terminated is permitted
by the Corporation to continue or
resume its status as an insured
depository institution before the
insurance of its deposits has ceased, the
institution will be deemed, for
assessment purposes, to continue as an
insured depository institution and must
thereafter file and certify its quarterly
certified statement invoices and pay
assessments as though its insured status
had not been terminated. The procedure
for applying for the continuance or
resumption of insured status is set forth
in § 303.248 of this chapter.
■ 5. Amend § 327.8 by:
A. Removing paragraphs (e) and (f);
B. Redesignating paragraphs (g)
through (s) as paragraphs (e) through (q)
respectively;
■ C. Revising newly redesignated
paragraphs (e), (f), (g), (k), (l), (m), (n),
(o), and (p); and
■ D. Adding new paragraphs (r), (s), (t),
and (u) to read as follows:
■
■
§ 327.8
Definitions.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Small Institution. An insured
depository institution with assets of less
than $10 billion as of December 31,
2006, and an insured branch of a foreign
institution shall be classified as a small
institution. If, after December 31, 2006,
an institution classified as large under
paragraph (f) of this section (other than
an institution classified as large for
purposes of § 327.9(e)) reports assets of
less than $10 billion in its quarterly
reports of condition for four consecutive
quarters, the FDIC will reclassify the
institution as small beginning the
following quarter.
(f) Large Institution. An institution
classified as large for purposes of
§ 327.9(e) or an insured depository
institution with assets of $10 billion or
more as of December 31, 2006 (other
than an insured branch of a foreign bank
or a highly complex institution) shall be
classified as a large institution. If, after
December 31, 2006, an institution
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
classified as small under paragraph (e)
of this section reports assets of $10
billion or more in its quarterly reports
of condition for four consecutive
quarters, the FDIC will reclassify the
institution as large beginning the
following quarter.
(g) Highly Complex Institution. (1) A
highly complex institution is:
(i) An insured depository institution
(excluding a credit card bank) that has
had $50 billion or more in total assets
for at least four consecutive quarters
that is controlled by a U.S. parent
holding company that has had $500
billion or more in total assets for four
consecutive quarters, or controlled by
one or more intermediate U.S. parent
holding companies that are controlled
by a U.S. holding company that has had
$500 billion or more in assets for four
consecutive quarters; or
(ii) A processing bank or trust
company.
(2) Control has the same meaning as
in section 3(w)(5) of the FDI Act. A U.S.
parent holding company is a parent
holding company incorporated or
organized under the laws of the United
States or any State, as the term ‘‘State’’
is defined in section 3(a)(3) of the FDI
Act. If, after December 31, 2010, an
institution classified as highly complex
under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section
falls below $50 billion in total assets in
its quarterly reports of condition for four
consecutive quarters, or its parent
holding company or companies fall
below $500 billion in total assets for
four consecutive quarters, the FDIC will
reclassify the institution beginning the
following quarter. If, after December 31,
2010, an institution classified as highly
complex under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of
this section falls below $10 billion in
total assets for four consecutive
quarters, the FDIC will reclassify the
institution beginning the following
quarter.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) Established depository institution.
An established insured depository
institution is a bank or savings
association that has been federally
insured for at least five years as of the
last day of any quarter for which it is
being assessed.
(1) Merger or consolidation involving
new and established institution(s).
Subject to paragraphs (k)(2), (3), (4), and
(5) of this section and § 327.9(f)(3) and
(4), when an established institution
merges into or consolidates with a new
institution, the resulting institution is a
new institution unless:
(i) The assets of the established
institution, as reported in its report of
condition for the quarter ending
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10707
immediately before the merger,
exceeded the assets of the new
institution, as reported in its report of
condition for the quarter ending
immediately before the merger; and
(ii) Substantially all of the
management of the established
institution continued as management of
the resulting or surviving institution.
(2) Consolidation involving
established institutions. When
established institutions consolidate, the
resulting institution is an established
institution.
(3) Grandfather exception. If a new
institution merges into an established
institution, and the merger agreement
was entered into on or before July 11,
2006, the resulting institution shall be
deemed to be an established institution
for purposes of this part.
(4) Subsidiary exception. Subject to
paragraph (k)(5) of this section, a new
institution will be considered
established if it is a wholly owned
subsidiary of:
(i) A company that is a bank holding
company under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956 or a savings and
loan holding company under the Home
Owners’ Loan Act, and:
(A) At least one eligible depository
institution (as defined in 12 CFR
303.2(r)) that is owned by the holding
company has been chartered as a bank
or savings association for at least five
years as of the date that the otherwise
new institution was established; and
(B) The holding company has a
composite rating of at least ‘‘2’’ for bank
holding companies or an above average
or ‘‘A’’ rating for savings and loan
holding companies and at least 75
percent of its insured depository
institution assets are assets of eligible
depository institutions, as defined in 12
CFR 303.2(r); or
(ii) An eligible depository institution,
as defined in 12 CFR 303.2(r), that has
been chartered as a bank or savings
association for at least five years as of
the date that the otherwise new
institution was established.
(5) Effect of credit union conversion.
In determining whether an insured
depository institution is new or
established, the FDIC will include any
period of time that the institution was
a federally insured credit union.
(l) Risk assignment. For all small
institutions and insured branches of
foreign banks, risk assignment includes
assignment to Risk Category I, II, III, or
IV, and, within Risk Category I,
assignment to an assessment rate or
rates. For all large institutions and
highly complex institutions, risk
assignment includes assignment to an
assessment rate or rates.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
10708
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
(m) Unsecured debt—For purposes of
the unsecured debt adjustment as set
forth in § 327.9(d)(1) and the depository
institution debt adjustment as set forth
in § 327.9(d)(2), unsecured debt shall
include senior unsecured liabilities and
subordinated debt.
(n) Senior unsecured liability—For
purposes of the unsecured debt
adjustment as set forth in § 327.9(d)(1)
and the depository institution debt
adjustment as set forth in § 327.9(d)(2),
senior unsecured liabilities shall be the
unsecured portion of other borrowed
money as defined in the quarterly report
of condition for the reporting period as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section,
but shall not include any senior
unsecured debt that the FDIC has
guaranteed under the Temporary
Liquidity Guarantee Program, 12 CFR
Part 370.
(o) Subordinated debt—For purposes
of the unsecured debt adjustment as set
forth in § 327.9(d)(1) and the depository
institution debt adjustment as set forth
in § 327.9(d)(2), subordinated debt shall
be as defined in the quarterly report of
condition for the reporting period;
however, subordinated debt shall also
include limited-life preferred stock as
defined in the quarterly report of
condition for the reporting period.
(p) Long-term unsecured debt—For
purposes of the unsecured debt
adjustment as set forth in § 327.9(d)(1)
and the depository institution debt
adjustment as set forth in § 327.9(d)(2),
long-term unsecured debt shall be
unsecured debt with at least one year
remaining until maturity; however, any
such debt where the holder of the debt
has a redemption option that is
exercisable within one year of the
reporting date shall not be deemed longterm unsecured debt.
*
*
*
*
*
(r) Parent holding company—A parent
holding company has the same meaning
as ‘‘depository institution holding
company,’’ as defined in § 3(w) of the
FDI Act.
(s) Processing bank or trust
company—A processing bank or trust
company is an institution whose last
three years’ non-lending interest
income, fiduciary revenues, and
investment banking fees, combined,
exceed 50 percent of total revenues (and
its last three years fiduciary revenues
are non-zero), and whose total fiduciary
assets total $500 billion or more, and
whose total assets for at least four
consecutive quarters have been $10
billion or more.
(t) Credit Card Bank—A credit card
bank is a bank for which credit card
receivables plus securitized receivables
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
exceed 50 percent of assets plus
securitized receivables.
(u) Control—Control has the same
meaning as in section 2 of the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, 12
U.S.C. 1841(a)(2).
■
6. Revise § 327.9 to read as follows:
§ 327.9
Assessment pricing methods.
(a) Small institutions—(1) Risk
Categories. Each small insured
depository institution shall be assigned
to one of the following four Risk
Categories based upon the institution’s
capital evaluation and supervisory
evaluation as defined in this section.
(i) Risk Category I. Small institutions
in Supervisory Group A that are Well
Capitalized will be assigned to Risk
Category I.
(ii) Risk Category II. Small institutions
in Supervisory Group A that are
Adequately Capitalized, and small
institutions in Supervisory Group B that
are either Well Capitalized or
Adequately Capitalized will be assigned
to Risk Category II.
(iii) Risk Category III. Small
institutions in Supervisory Groups A
and B that are Undercapitalized, and
small institutions in Supervisory Group
C that are Well Capitalized or
Adequately Capitalized will be assigned
to Risk Category III.
(iv) Risk Category IV. Small
institutions in Supervisory Group C that
are Undercapitalized will be assigned to
Risk Category IV.
(2) Capital evaluations. Each small
institution will receive one of the
following three capital evaluations on
the basis of data reported in the
institution’s Consolidated Reports of
Condition and Income or Thrift
Financial Report (or successor report, as
appropriate) dated as of March 31 for
the assessment period beginning the
preceding January 1; dated as of June 30
for the assessment period beginning the
preceding April 1; dated as of
September 30 for the assessment period
beginning the preceding July 1; and
dated as of December 31 for the
assessment period beginning the
preceding October 1.
(i) Well Capitalized. A Well
Capitalized institution is one that
satisfies each of the following capital
ratio standards: Total risk-based ratio,
10.0 percent or greater; Tier 1 risk-based
ratio, 6.0 percent or greater; and Tier 1
leverage ratio, 5.0 percent or greater.
(ii) Adequately Capitalized. An
Adequately Capitalized institution is
one that does not satisfy the standards
of Well Capitalized under this
paragraph but satisfies each of the
following capital ratio standards: Total
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
risk-based ratio, 8.0 percent or greater;
Tier 1 risk-based ratio, 4.0 percent or
greater; and Tier 1 leverage ratio, 4.0
percent or greater.
(iii) Undercapitalized. An
undercapitalized institution is one that
does not qualify as either Well
Capitalized or Adequately Capitalized
under paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
section.
(3) Supervisory evaluations. Each
small institution will be assigned to one
of three Supervisory Groups based on
the Corporation’s consideration of
supervisory evaluations provided by the
institution’s primary federal regulator.
The supervisory evaluations include the
results of examination findings by the
primary federal regulator, as well as
other information that the primary
federal regulator determines to be
relevant. In addition, the Corporation
will take into consideration such other
information (such as state examination
findings, as appropriate) as it
determines to be relevant to the
institution’s financial condition and the
risk posed to the Deposit Insurance
Fund. The three Supervisory Groups
are:
(i) Supervisory Group ‘‘A.’’ This
Supervisory Group consists of
financially sound institutions with only
a few minor weaknesses;
(ii) Supervisory Group ‘‘B.’’ This
Supervisory Group consists of
institutions that demonstrate
weaknesses which, if not corrected,
could result in significant deterioration
of the institution and increased risk of
loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund; and
(iii) Supervisory Group ‘‘C.’’ This
Supervisory Group consists of
institutions that pose a substantial
probability of loss to the Deposit
Insurance Fund unless effective
corrective action is taken.
(4) Financial ratios method. A small
insured depository institution in Risk
Category I shall have its initial base
assessment rate determined using the
financial ratios method.
(i) Under the financial ratios method,
each of six financial ratios and a
weighted average of CAMELS
component ratings will be multiplied by
a corresponding pricing multiplier. The
sum of these products will be added to
a uniform amount. The resulting sum
shall equal the institution’s initial base
assessment rate; provided, however, that
no institution’s initial base assessment
rate shall be less than the minimum
initial base assessment rate in effect for
Risk Category I institutions for that
quarter nor greater than the maximum
initial base assessment rate in effect for
Risk Category I institutions for that
quarter. An institution’s initial base
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
assessment rate, subject to adjustment
pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1), (2), and
(3) of this section, as appropriate
(resulting in the institution’s total base
assessment rate, which in no case can be
lower than 50 percent of the
institution’s initial base assessment
rate), and adjusted for the actual
assessment rates set by the Board under
§ 327.10(f), will equal an institution’s
assessment rate. The six financial ratios
are: Tier 1 Leverage Ratio; Loans past
due 30–89 days/gross assets;
Nonperforming assets/gross assets; Net
loan charge-offs/gross assets; Net
income before taxes/risk-weighted
assets; and the Adjusted brokered
deposit ratio. The ratios are defined in
Table A.1 of Appendix A to this
subpart. The ratios will be determined
for an assessment period based upon
information contained in an
institution’s report of condition filed as
of the last day of the assessment period
10709
as set out in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section. The weighted average of
CAMELS component ratings is created
by multiplying each component by the
following percentages and adding the
products: Capital adequacy—25%, Asset
quality—20%, Management—25%,
Earnings—10%, Liquidity—10%, and
Sensitivity to market risk—10%. The
following table sets forth the initial
values of the pricing multipliers:
Pricing
multipliers **
Risk measures *
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ..................................................................................................................................................................
Loans Past Due 30–89 Days/Gross Assets ................................................................................................................................
Nonperforming Assets/Gross Assets ...........................................................................................................................................
Net Loan Charge-Offs/Gross Assets ...........................................................................................................................................
Net Income before Taxes/Risk-Weighted Assets ........................................................................................................................
Adjusted brokered deposit ratio ...................................................................................................................................................
Weighted Average CAMELS Component Rating ........................................................................................................................
(0.056)
0.575
1.074
1.210
(0.764)
0.065
1.095
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
* Ratios are expressed as percentages.
** Multipliers are rounded to three decimal places.
(ii) The six financial ratios and the
weighted average CAMELS component
rating will be multiplied by the
respective pricing multiplier, and the
products will be summed. To this result
will be added the uniform amount. The
resulting sum shall equal the
institution’s initial base assessment rate;
provided, however, that no institution’s
initial base assessment rate shall be less
than the minimum initial base
assessment rate in effect for Risk
Category I institutions for that quarter
nor greater than the maximum initial
base assessment rate in effect for Risk
Category I institutions for that quarter.
(iii) Uniform amount and pricing
multipliers. Except as adjusted for the
actual assessment rates set by the Board
under § 327.10(f), the uniform amount
shall be:
(A) 4.861 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(a) is
in effect;
(B) 2.861 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(b) is
in effect;
(C) 1.861 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(c) is
in effect; or
(D) 0.861 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(d) is
in effect.
(iv) Implementation of CAMELS
rating changes—(A) Changes between
risk categories. If, during a quarter, a
CAMELS composite rating change
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
occurs that results in a Risk Category I
institution moving from Risk Category I
to Risk Category II, III or IV, the
institution’s initial base assessment rate
for the portion of the quarter that it was
in Risk Category I shall be determined
using the supervisory ratings in effect
before the change and the financial
ratios as of the end of the quarter,
subject to adjustment pursuant to
paragraphs (d)(1), (2), and (3) of this
section, as appropriate, and adjusted for
the actual assessment rates set by the
Board under § 327.10(f). For the portion
of the quarter that the institution was
not in Risk Category I, the institution’s
initial base assessment rate, which shall
be subject to adjustment pursuant to
paragraphs (d)(1), (2), and (3), shall be
determined under the assessment
schedule for the appropriate Risk
Category. If, during a quarter, a
CAMELS composite rating change
occurs that results in an institution
moving from Risk Category II, III or IV
to Risk Category I, then the financial
ratios method shall apply for the portion
of the quarter that it was in Risk
Category I, subject to adjustment
pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1), (2) and (3)
of this section, as appropriate, and
adjusted for the actual assessment rates
set by the Board under § 327.10(f). For
the portion of the quarter that the
institution was not in Risk Category I,
the institution’s initial base assessment
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rate, which shall be subject to
adjustment pursuant to paragraphs
(d)(1), (2), and (3) of this section shall
be determined under the assessment
schedule for the appropriate Risk
Category.
(B) Changes within Risk Category I. If,
during a quarter, an institution’s
CAMELS component ratings change in a
way that will change the institution’s
initial base assessment rate within Risk
Category I, the initial base assessment
rate for the period before the change
shall be determined under the financial
ratios method using the CAMELS
component ratings in effect before the
change, subject to adjustment pursuant
to paragraphs (d)(1), (2), and (3) of this
section, as appropriate. Beginning on
the date of the CAMELS component
ratings change, the initial base
assessment rate for the remainder of the
quarter shall be determined using the
CAMELS component ratings in effect
after the change, again subject to
adjustment pursuant to paragraphs
(d)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, as
appropriate.
(b) Large and Highly Complex
institutions—(1) Assessment scorecard
for large institutions (other than highly
complex institutions). (i) A large
institution other than a highly complex
institution shall have its initial base
assessment rate determined using the
scorecard for large institutions.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10710
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
SCORECARD FOR LARGE INSTITUTIONS
Scorecard measures and components
P ..................
P.1 ...............
P.2 ...............
P.3 ...............
L ..................
L.1 ...............
Measure
weights
(percent)
Component
weights
(percent)
Performance Score
Weighted Average CAMELS Rating ..............................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Asset-Related Stress .....................................................................................
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio .................................................................................................................
Concentration Measure ..............................................................................................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets * ..................................................................
Credit Quality Measure ...............................................................................................................
Ability to Withstand Funding-Related Stress .................................................................................
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities ....................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio ....................................................................................................
Loss Severity Score .......................................................................................................................
Loss Severity Measure ..................................................................................................................
100
........................
10
35
20
35
........................
60
40
........................
........................
30
50
........................
........................
........................
........................
20
........................
........................
........................
100
* Average of five quarter-end total assets (most recent and four prior quarters)
weighted average CAMELS rating score,
weighted at 30 percent; the ability to
withstand asset-related stress score,
weighted at 50 percent; and the ability
to withstand funding-related stress
score, weighted at 20 percent.
(1) Weighted average CAMELS rating
score. (i) To compute the weighted
average CAMELS rating score, a
weighted average of an institution’s
CAMELS component ratings is
calculated using the following weights:
(ii) A weighted average CAMELS
rating converts to a score that ranges
from 25 to 100. A weighted average
rating of 1 equals a score of 25 and a
weighted average of 3.5 or greater equals
a score of 100. Weighted average
CAMELS ratings between 1 and 3.5 are
assigned a score between 25 and 100.
The score increases at an increasing rate
as the weighted average CAMELS rating
increases. Appendix B of this subpart
describes the conversion of a weighted
average CAMELS rating to a score.
(2) Ability to withstand asset-related
stress score. (i) The ability to withstand
asset-related stress score is a weighted
average of the scores for four measures:
Tier 1 leverage ratio; concentration
measure; the ratio of core earnings to
average quarter-end total assets; and the
credit quality measure. Appendices A
and C of this subpart define these
measures.
(ii) The Tier 1 leverage ratio and the
ratio of core earnings to average quarterend total assets are described in
Appendix A and the method of
calculating the scores is described in
Appendix C of this subpart.
(iii) The score for the concentration
measure is the greater of the higher-risk
assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves
score or the growth-adjusted portfolio
concentrations score. Both ratios are
described in Appendix C.
(iv) The score for the credit quality
measure is the greater of the criticized
and classified items to Tier 1 capital and
reserves score or the underperforming
assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves
score.
(v) The following table shows the
cutoff values and weights for the
measures used to calculate the ability to
withstand asset-related stress score.
Appendix B of this subpart describes
how each measure is converted to a
score between 0 and 100 based upon the
minimum and maximum cutoff values,
where a score of 0 reflects the lowest
risk and a score of 100 reflects the
highest risk.
CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS FOR MEASURES TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED STRESS SCORE
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ..................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:11 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
Weights
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
6
25FER2
13
10
ER25FE11.006
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(ii) The scorecard for large institutions
produces two scores: performance score
and loss severity score.
(A) Performance score for large
institutions. The performance score for
large institutions is a weighted average
of the scores for three measures: the
10711
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS FOR MEASURES TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED STRESS
SCORE—Continued
Cutoff values
Weights
(percent)
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
Concentration Measure ...............................................................................................................
Higher–Risk Assets to Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or ......................................................
Growth-Adjusted Portfolio Concentrations ...........................................................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets * ...................................................................
Credit Quality Measure ................................................................................................................
Criticized and Classified Items/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or .........................................
Underperforming Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ........................................................
........................
0
4
0
........................
7
2
........................
135
56
2
........................
100
35
35
........................
........................
20
35
........................
........................
* Average of five quarter-end total assets (most recent and four prior quarters).
(vi) The score for each measure in the
table in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)(2)(v) is
multiplied by its respective weight and
the resulting weighted score is summed
to arrive at the score for an ability to
withstand asset-related stress, which
can range from 0 to 100, where a score
of 0 reflects the lowest risk and a score
of 100 reflects the highest risk.
(3) Ability to withstand fundingrelated stress score. Two measures are
used to compute the ability to withstand
funding-related stress score: a core
deposits to total liabilities ratio, and a
balance sheet liquidity ratio. Appendix
A of this subpart describes these
measures. Appendix B of this subpart
describes how these measures are
converted to a score between 0 and 100,
where a score of 0 reflects the lowest
risk and a score of 100 reflects the
highest risk. The ability to withstand
funding-related stress score is the
weighted average of the scores for the
two measures. In the following table,
cutoff values and weights are used to
derive an institution’s ability to
withstand funding-related stress score:
CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND FUNDING-RELATED STRESS SCORE
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand funding-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .....................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio .....................................................................................................
(4) Calculation of Performance Score.
In paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)(3), the scores
for the weighted average CAMELS
rating, the ability to withstand assetrelated stress, and the ability to
withstand funding-related stress are
multiplied by their respective weights
(30 percent, 50 percent and 20 percent,
respectively) and the results are
summed to arrive at the performance
score. The performance score cannot be
less than 0 or more than 100, where a
score of 0 reflects the lowest risk and a
score of 100 reflects the highest risk.
(B) Loss severity score. The loss
severity score is based on a loss severity
measure that is described in Appendix
D of this subpart. Appendix B also
Weights
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
5
7
87
243
60
40
describes how the loss severity measure
is converted to a score between 0 and
100. The loss severity score cannot be
less than 0 or more than 100, where a
score of 0 reflects the lowest risk and a
score of 100 reflects the highest risk.
Cutoff values for the loss severity
measure are:
CUTOFF VALUES TO CALCULATE LOSS SEVERITY SCORE
Cutoff values
Measure of loss severity
Minimum
(percent)
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Loss Severity ...........................................................................................................................................................
(C) Total Score. The performance and
loss severity scores are combined to
produce a total score. The loss severity
score is converted into a loss severity
factor that ranges from 0.8 (score of 5 or
lower) to 1.2 (score of 85 or higher).
Scores at or below the minimum cutoff
of 5 receive a loss severity factor of 0.8,
and scores at or above the maximum
cutoff of 85 receive a loss severity factor
of 1.2. The following linear
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:11 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
interpolation converts loss severity
scores between the cutoffs into a loss
severity factor: (Loss Severity Factor =
0.8 + [0.005 * (Loss Severity Score ¥ 5)].
The performance score is multiplied by
the loss severity factor to produce a total
score (total score = performance score *
loss severity factor). The total score can
be up to 20 percent higher or lower than
the performance score but cannot be less
than 30 or more than 90. The total score
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Maximum
(percent)
0
28
is subject to adjustment, up or down, by
a maximum of 15 points, as set forth in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The
resulting total score after adjustment
cannot be less than 30 or more than 90.
(D) Initial base assessment rate. A
large institution with a total score of 30
pays the minimum initial base
assessment rate and an institution with
a total score of 90 pays the maximum
initial base assessment rate. For total
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10712
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
scores between 30 and 90, initial base
assessment rates rise at an increasing
rate as the total score increases,
calculated according to the following
formula:
where Rate is the initial base assessment
rate (expressed in basis points),
Maximum Rate is the maximum initial
base assessment rate then in effect
(expressed in basis points), and
Minimum Rate is the minimum initial
base assessment rate then in effect
(expressed in basis points). Initial base
assessment rates are subject to
adjustment pursuant to paragraphs
(b)(3), (d)(1), (d)(2), of this section; large
institutions that are not well capitalized
or have a CAMELS composite rating of
3, 4 or 5 shall be subject to the
adjustment at paragraph (d)(3); these
adjustments shall result in the
institution’s total base assessment rate,
which in no case can be lower than 50
percent of the institution’s initial base
assessment rate.
(2) Assessment scorecard for highly
complex institutions. (i) A highly
complex institution shall have its initial
base assessment rate determined using
the scorecard for highly complex
institutions.
SCORECARD FOR HIGHLY COMPLEX INSTITUTIONS
Measures and components
P ............
P.1 .........
P.2 .........
P.3 .........
L .............
L.1 ..........
Measure
weights
(percent)
Component
weights
(percent)
Performance Score
Weighted Average CAMELS Rating ...................................................................................................
Ability To Withstand Asset-Related Stress .........................................................................................
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ......................................................................................................................
Concentration Measure ....................................................................................................................
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets .........................................................................
Credit Quality Measure and Market Risk Measure .........................................................................
Ability To Withstand Funding-Related Stress .....................................................................................
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .........................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio ..........................................................................................................
Average Short-Term Funding/Average Total Assets .......................................................................
Loss Severity Score ............................................................................................................................
Loss Severity .......................................................................................................................................
100
........................
10
35
20
35
........................
50
30
20
........................
........................
30
50
........................
........................
........................
........................
20
........................
........................
........................
........................
100
(1) Weighted average CAMELS rating
score. (i) To compute the score for the
weighted average CAMELS rating, a
weighted average of an institution’s
CAMELS component ratings is
calculated using the following weights:
(ii) A weighted average CAMELS
rating converts to a score that ranges
from 25 to 100. A weighted average
rating of 1 equals a score of 25 and a
weighted average of 3.5 or greater equals
a score of 100. Weighted average
CAMELS ratings between 1 and 3.5 are
assigned a score between 25 and 100.
The score increases at an increasing rate
as the weighted average CAMELS rating
increases. Appendix B of this subpart
describes the conversion of a weighted
average CAMELS rating to a score.
(2) Ability to withstand asset-related
stress score. (i) The ability to withstand
asset-related stress score is a weighted
average of the scores for four measures:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:11 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.008
three components: weighted average
CAMELS rating, weighted at 30 percent;
ability to withstand asset-related stress
score, weighted at 50 percent; and
ability to withstand funding-related
stress score, weighted at 20 percent.
ER25FE11.007
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(ii) The scorecard for highly complex
institutions produces two scores:
performance and loss severity.
(A) Performance score for highly
complex institutions. The performance
score for highly complex institutions is
the weighted average of the scores for
10713
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Tier 1 leverage ratio; concentration
measure; ratio of core earnings to
average quarter-end total assets; credit
quality measure and market risk
measure. Appendix A of this subpart
describes these measures.
(ii) The Tier 1 leverage ratio and the
ratio of core earnings to average quarterend total assets are described in
Appendix A and the method of
calculating the scores is described in
Appendix B of this subpart.
(iii) The score for the concentration
measure for highly complex institutions
is the greatest of the higher-risk assets
to the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score, the top 20 counterparty exposure
to the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves
score, or the largest counterparty
exposure to the sum of Tier 1 capital
and reserves score. Each ratio is
described in Appendix A of this
subpart. The method used to convert the
concentration measure into a score is
described in Appendix C of this subpart.
(iv) The credit quality score is the
greater of the criticized and classified
items to Tier 1 capital and reserves
score or the underperforming assets to
Tier 1 capital and reserves score. The
market risk score is the weighted
average of three scores—the trading
revenue volatility to Tier 1 capital score,
the market risk capital to Tier 1 capital
score, and the level 3 trading assets to
Tier 1 capital score. All of these ratios
are described in Appendix A of this
subpart and the method of calculating
the scores is described in Appendix B.
Each score is multiplied by its
respective weight, and the resulting
weighted score is summed to compute
the score for the market risk measure.
An overall weight of 35 percent is
allocated between the scores for the
credit quality measure and market risk
measure. The allocation depends on the
ratio of average trading assets to the sum
of average securities, loans and trading
assets (trading asset ratio) as follows:
(v) Weight for credit quality score = 35
percent * (1—trading asset ratio); and,
(vi) Weight for market risk score = 35
percent * trading asset ratio.
(vii) Each of the measures used to
calculate the ability to withstand assetrelated stress score is assigned the
following cutoff values and weights:
CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS FOR MEASURES TO CALCULATE THE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND ASSET-RELATED STRESS
SCORE
Cutoff values
Measures of the ability to withstand asset-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Maximum
(percent)
Market risk
measure
(percent)
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ...........................................................................
Concentration Measure .........................................................................
Higher Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; .........................
Top 20 Counterparty Exposure/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or ..
Largest Counterparty Exposure/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ......
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-end Total Assets ...............................
Credit Quality Measure * .......................................................................
Criticized and Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital and Reserves; or
Underperforming Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ..................
Market Risk Measure * ..........................................................................
Trading Revenue Volatility/Tier 1 Capital ......................................
Market Risk Capital/Tier 1 Capital .................................................
Level 3 Trading Assets/Tier 1 Capital ...........................................
6
................
0
0
0
0
................
7
2
................
0
0
0
13
................
135
125
20
2
................
100
35
................
2
10
35
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
60
20
20
Weights
(percent)
10.
35.
20.
35 * (1 ¥ Trading Asset Ratio).
35 * Trading Asset Ratio.
* Combined, the credit quality measure and the market risk measure are assigned a 35 percent weight. The relative weight of each of the two
scores depends on the ratio of average trading assets to the sum of average securities, loans and trading assets (trading asset ratio).
(ix) The score of each measure is
multiplied by its respective weight and
the resulting weighted score is summed
to compute the ability to withstand
asset-related stress score, which can
range from 0 to 100, where a score of 0
reflects the lowest risk and a score of
100 reflects the highest risk.
(3) Ability to withstand funding
related stress score. Three measures are
used to calculate the score for the ability
to withstand funding-related stress: a
core deposits to total liabilities ratio, a
balance sheet liquidity ratio, and
average short-term funding to average
total assets ratio. Appendix A of this
subpart describes these ratios. Appendix
B of this subpart describes how each
measure is converted to a score. The
ability to withstand funding-related
stress score is the weighted average of
the scores for the three measures. In the
following table, cutoff values and
weights are used to derive an
institution’s ability to withstand
funding-related stress score:
CUTOFF VALUES AND WEIGHTS TO CALCULATE ABILITY TO WITHSTAND FUNDING-RELATED STRESS MEASURES
Cutoff values
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Measures of the ability to withstand funding-related stress
Minimum
(percent)
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities .....................................................................................................
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio .....................................................................................................
Average Short-term Funding/Average Total Assets ....................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:11 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
Maximum
(percent)
5
7
2
25FER2
87
243
19
Weights
(percent)
50
30
20
10714
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Calculation of Performance Score.
The weighted average CAMELS score,
the ability to withstand asset-related
stress score, and the ability to withstand
funding-related stress score are
multiplied by their respective weights
(30 percent, 50 percent and 20 percent,
respectively) and the results are
summed to arrive at the performance
score, which cannot be less than 0 or
more than 100.
(B) Loss severity score. The loss
severity score is based on a loss severity
measure described in Appendix D of
this subpart. Appendix B of this subpart
also describes how the loss severity
measure is converted to a score between
0 and 100. Cutoff values for the loss
severity measure are:
CUTOFF VALUES FOR LOSS SEVERITY MEASURE
Cutoff values
Measure of loss severity
Minimum
(percent)
Loss Severity ...........................................................................................................................................................
Maximum
(percent)
0
28
severity factor: (Loss Severity Factor =
0.8 + [0.005 * (Loss Severity Score ¥
5)]. The performance score is multiplied
by the loss severity factor to produce a
total score (total score = performance
score * loss severity factor). The total
score can be up to 20 percent higher or
lower than the performance score but
cannot be less than 30 or more than 90.
The total score is subject to adjustment,
up or down, by a maximum of 15
points, as set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of
this section. The resulting total score
after adjustment cannot be less than 30
or more than 90.
(D) Initial base assessment rate. A
highly complex institution with a total
score of 30 pays the minimum initial
base assessment rate and an institution
with a total score of 90 pays the
maximum initial base assessment rate.
For total scores between 30 and 90,
initial base assessment rates rise at an
increasing rate as the total score
increases, calculated according to the
following formula:
where Rate is the initial base assessment
rate (expressed in basis points),
Maximum Rate is the maximum initial
base assessment rate then in effect
(expressed in basis points), and
Minimum Rate is the minimum initial
base assessment rate then in effect
(expressed in basis points). Initial base
assessment rates are subject to
adjustment pursuant to paragraphs
(b)(3), (d)(1), and (d)(2) of this section;
highly complex institutions that are not
well capitalized or have a CAMELS
composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 shall be
subject to the adjustment at paragraph
(d)(3); these adjustments shall result in
the institution’s total base assessment
rate, which in no case can be lower than
50 percent of the institution’s initial
base assessment rate.
(3) Adjustment to total score for large
institutions and highly complex
institutions. The total score for large
institutions and highly complex
institutions is subject to adjustment, up
or down, by a maximum of 15 points,
based upon significant risk factors that
are not adequately captured in the
appropriate scorecard. In making such
adjustments, the FDIC may consider
such information as financial
performance and condition information
and other market or supervisory
information. The FDIC will also consult
with an institution’s primary federal
regulator and, for state chartered
institutions, state banking supervisor.
(i) Prior notice of adjustments—(A)
Prior notice of upward adjustment. Prior
to making any upward adjustment to an
institution’s total score because of
considerations of additional risk
information, the FDIC will formally
notify the institution and its primary
federal regulator and provide an
opportunity to respond. This
notification will include the reasons for
the adjustment and when the
adjustment will take effect.
(B) Prior notice of downward
adjustment. Prior to making any
downward adjustment to an
institution’s total score because of
considerations of additional risk
information, the FDIC will formally
notify the institution’s primary federal
regulator and provide an opportunity to
respond.
(ii) Determination whether to adjust
upward; effective period of adjustment.
After considering an institution’s and
the primary federal regulator’s
responses to the notice, the FDIC will
determine whether the adjustment to an
institution’s total score is warranted,
taking into account any revisions to
scorecard measures, as well as any
actions taken by the institution to
address the FDIC’s concerns described
in the notice. The FDIC will evaluate the
need for the adjustment each
subsequent assessment period. Except
as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of
this section, the amount of adjustment
cannot exceed the proposed adjustment
amount contained in the initial notice
unless additional notice is provided so
that the primary federal regulator and
the institution may respond.
(iii) Determination whether to adjust
downward; effective period of
adjustment. After considering the
primary federal regulator’s responses to
the notice, the FDIC will determine
whether the adjustment to total score is
warranted, taking into account any
revisions to scorecard measures. Any
downward adjustment in an
institution’s total score will remain in
effect for subsequent assessment periods
until the FDIC determines that an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.009
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(C) Total Score. The performance and
loss severity scores are combined to
produce a total score. The loss severity
score is converted into a loss severity
factor that ranges from 0.8 (score of 5 or
lower) to 1.2 (score of 85 or higher).
Scores at or below the minimum cutoff
of 5 receive a loss severity factor of 0.8,
and scores at or above the maximum
cutoff of 85 receive a loss severity factor
of 1.2. The following linear
interpolation converts loss severity
scores between the cutoffs into a loss
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
adjustment is no longer warranted.
Downward adjustments will be made
without notification to the institution.
However, the FDIC will provide
advance notice to an institution and its
primary federal regulator and give them
an opportunity to respond before
removing a downward adjustment.
(iv) Adjustment without notice.
Notwithstanding the notice provisions
set forth above, the FDIC may change an
institution’s total score without advance
notice under this paragraph, if the
institution’s supervisory ratings or the
scorecard measures deteriorate.
(c) Insured branches of foreign
banks—(1) Risk categories for insured
branches of foreign banks. Insured
branches of foreign banks shall be
assigned to risk categories as set forth in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(2) Capital evaluations for insured
branches of foreign banks. Each insured
branch of a foreign bank will receive
one of the following three capital
evaluations on the basis of data reported
in the institution’s Report of Assets and
Liabilities of U.S. Branches and
Agencies of Foreign Banks dated as of
March 31 for the assessment period
beginning the preceding January 1;
dated as of June 30 for the assessment
period beginning the preceding April 1;
dated as of September 30 for the
assessment period beginning the
preceding July 1; and dated as of
December 31 for the assessment period
beginning the preceding October 1.
(i) Well Capitalized. An insured
branch of a foreign bank is Well
Capitalized if the insured branch:
(A) Maintains the pledge of assets
required under § 347.209 of this chapter;
and
(B) Maintains the eligible assets
prescribed under § 347.210 of this
chapter at 108 percent or more of the
average book value of the insured
branch’s third-party liabilities for the
quarter ending on the report date
specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section.
(ii) Adequately Capitalized. An
insured branch of a foreign bank is
Adequately Capitalized if the insured
branch:
(A) Maintains the pledge of assets
required under § 347.209 of this chapter;
and
(B) Maintains the eligible assets
prescribed under § 347.210 of this
chapter at 106 percent or more of the
average book value of the insured
branch’s third-party liabilities for the
quarter ending on the report date
specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section; and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(C) Does not meet the definition of a
Well Capitalized insured branch of a
foreign bank.
(iii) Undercapitalized. An insured
branch of a foreign bank is
undercapitalized institution if it does
not qualify as either Well Capitalized or
Adequately Capitalized under
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
section.
(3) Supervisory evaluations for
insured branches of foreign banks. Each
insured branch of a foreign bank will be
assigned to one of three supervisory
groups as set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of
this section.
(4) Assessment method for insured
branches of foreign banks in Risk
Category I. Insured branches of foreign
banks in Risk Category I shall be
assessed using the weighted average
ROCA component rating.
(i) Weighted average ROCA
component rating. The weighted
average ROCA component rating shall
equal the sum of the products that result
from multiplying ROCA component
ratings by the following percentages:
Risk Management—35%, Operational
Controls—25%, Compliance—25%, and
Asset Quality—15%. The weighted
average ROCA rating will be multiplied
by 5.076 (which shall be the pricing
multiplier). To this result will be added
a uniform amount. The resulting sum—
the initial base assessment rate—will
equal an institution’s total base
assessment rate; provided, however, that
no institution’s total base assessment
rate will be less than the minimum total
base assessment rate in effect for Risk
Category I institutions for that quarter
nor greater than the maximum total base
assessment rate in effect for Risk
Category I institutions for that quarter.
(ii) Uniform amount. Except as
adjusted for the actual assessment rates
set by the Board under § 327.10(f), the
uniform amount for all insured branches
of foreign banks shall be:
(A) ¥3.127 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(a) is
in effect;
(B) ¥5.127 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(b) is
in effect;
(C) ¥-6.127 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(c) is
in effect; or
(D) ¥7.127 whenever the assessment
rate schedule set forth in § 327.10(d) is
in effect.
(iii) Insured branches of foreign banks
not subject to certain adjustments. No
insured branch of a foreign bank in any
risk category shall be subject to the
adjustments in paragraphs (b)(3), (d)(1),
or (d)(3) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
10715
(iv) Implementation of changes
between Risk Categories for insured
branches of foreign banks. If, during a
quarter, a ROCA rating change occurs
that results in an insured branch of a
foreign bank moving from Risk Category
I to Risk Category II, III or IV, the
institution’s initial base assessment rate
for the portion of the quarter that it was
in Risk Category I shall be determined
using the weighted average ROCA
component rating. For the portion of the
quarter that the institution was not in
Risk Category I, the institution’s initial
base assessment rate shall be
determined under the assessment
schedule for the appropriate Risk
Category. If, during a quarter, a ROCA
rating change occurs that results in an
insured branch of a foreign bank moving
from Risk Category II, III or IV to Risk
Category I, the institution’s assessment
rate for the portion of the quarter that
it was in Risk Category I shall equal the
rate determined as provided using the
weighted average ROCA component
rating. For the portion of the quarter that
the institution was not in Risk Category
I, the institution’s initial base
assessment rate shall be determined
under the assessment schedule for the
appropriate Risk Category.
(v) Implementation of changes within
Risk Category I for insured branches of
foreign banks. If, during a quarter, an
insured branch of a foreign bank
remains in Risk Category I, but a ROCA
component rating changes that will
affect the institution’s initial base
assessment rate, separate assessment
rates for the portion(s) of the quarter
before and after the change(s) shall be
determined under this paragraph (c)(4)
of this section.
(d) Adjustments—(1) Unsecured debt
adjustment to initial base assessment
rate for all institutions. All institutions,
except new institutions as provided
under paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this
section and insured branches of foreign
banks as provided under paragraph
(c)(4)(iii) of this section, shall be subject
to an adjustment of assessment rates for
unsecured debt. Any unsecured debt
adjustment shall be made after any
adjustment under paragraph (b)(3) of
this section.
(i) Application of unsecured debt
adjustment. The unsecured debt
adjustment shall be determined as the
sum of the initial base assessment rate
plus 40 basis points; that sum shall be
multiplied by the ratio of an insured
depository institution’s long-term
unsecured debt to its assessment base.
The amount of the reduction in the
assessment rate due to the adjustment is
equal to the dollar amount of the
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
10716
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
adjustment divided by the amount of
the assessment base.
(ii) Limitation—No unsecured debt
adjustment for any institution shall
exceed the lesser of 5 basis points or 50
percent of the institution’s initial base
assessment rate.
(iii) Applicable quarterly reports of
condition—Unsecured debt adjustment
ratios for any given quarter shall be
calculated from quarterly reports of
condition (Consolidated Reports of
Condition and Income and Thrift
Financial Reports, or any successor
reports to either, as appropriate) filed by
each institution as of the last day of the
quarter.
(2) Depository institution debt
adjustment to initial base assessment
rate for all institutions. All institutions
shall be subject to an adjustment of
assessment rates for unsecured debt
held that is issued by another
depository institution. Any such
depository institution debt adjustment
shall be made after any adjustment
under paragraphs (b)(3) and (d)(1) of
this section.
(i) Application of depository
institution debt adjustment. An insured
depository institution shall pay a 50
basis point adjustment on the amount of
unsecured debt it holds that was issued
by another insured depository
institution to the extent that such debt
exceeds 3 percent of the institution’s
Tier 1 capital. The amount of long-term
unsecured debt issued by another
insured depository institution shall be
calculated using the same valuation
methodology used to calculate the
amount of such debt for reporting on the
asset side of the balance sheets.
(ii) Applicable quarterly reports of
condition. Depository institution debt
adjustment ratios for any given quarter
shall be calculated from quarterly
reports of condition (Consolidated
Reports of Condition and Income and
Thrift Financial Reports, or any
successor reports to either, as
appropriate) filed by each institution as
of the last day of the quarter.
(3) Brokered Deposit Adjustment. All
small institutions in Risk Categories II,
III, and IV, all large institutions and all
highly complex institutions, except
large and highly complex institutions
(including new large and new highly
complex institutions) that are well
capitalized and have a CAMELS
composite rating of 1 or 2, shall be
subject to an assessment rate adjustment
for brokered deposits. Any such
brokered deposit adjustment shall be
made after any adjustment under
paragraphs (b)(3), (d)(1), and (d)(2) of
this section. The brokered deposit
adjustment includes all brokered
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
deposits as defined in Section 29 of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
U.S.C. 1831f), and 12 CFR 337.6,
including reciprocal deposits as defined
in § 327.8(p), and brokered deposits that
consist of balances swept into an
insured institution from another
institution. The adjustment under this
paragraph is limited to those
institutions whose ratio of brokered
deposits to domestic deposits is greater
than 10 percent; asset growth rates do
not affect the adjustment. Insured
branches of foreign banks are not subject
to the brokered deposit adjustment as
provided in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this
section.
(i) Application of brokered deposit
adjustment. The brokered deposit
adjustment shall be determined by
multiplying 25 basis points by the ratio
of the difference between an insured
depository institution’s brokered
deposits and 10 percent of its domestic
deposits to its assessment base.
(ii) Limitation. The maximum
brokered deposit adjustment will be 10
basis points; the minimum brokered
deposit adjustment will be 0.
(iii) Applicable quarterly reports of
condition. Brokered deposit ratios for
any given quarter shall be calculated
from the quarterly reports of condition
(Call Reports and Thrift Financial
Reports, or any successor reports to
either, as appropriate) filed by each
institution as of the last day of the
quarter.
(e) Request to be treated as a large
institution—(1) Procedure. Any
institution with assets of between $5
billion and $10 billion may request that
the FDIC determine its assessment rate
as a large institution. The FDIC will
consider such a request provided that it
has sufficient information to do so. Any
such request must be made to the FDIC’s
Division of Insurance and Research.
Any approved change will become
effective within one year from the date
of the request. If an institution whose
request has been granted subsequently
reports assets of less than $5 billion in
its report of condition for four
consecutive quarters, the institution
shall be deemed a small institution for
assessment purposes.
(2) Time limit on subsequent request
for alternate method. An institution
whose request to be assessed as a large
institution is granted by the FDIC shall
not be eligible to request that it be
assessed as a small institution for a
period of three years from the first
quarter in which its approved request to
be assessed as a large institution became
effective. Any request to be assessed as
a small institution must be made to the
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FDIC’s Division of Insurance and
Research.
(3) An institution that disagrees with
the FDIC’s determination that it is a
large, highly complex, or small
institution may request review of that
determination pursuant to § 327.4(c).
(f) New and established institutions
and exceptions—(1) New small
institutions. A new small Risk Category
I institution shall be assessed the Risk
Category I maximum initial base
assessment rate for the relevant
assessment period. No new small
institution in any risk category shall be
subject to the unsecured debt
adjustment as determined under
paragraph (d)(1) of this section. All new
small institutions in any Risk Category
shall be subject to the depository
institution debt adjustment as
determined under paragraph (d)(2) of
this section. All new small institutions
in Risk Categories II, III, and IV shall be
subject to the brokered deposit
adjustment as determined under
paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(2) New large institutions and new
highly complex institutions. All new
large institutions and all new highly
complex institutions shall be assessed
under the appropriate method provided
at paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section
and subject to the adjustments provided
at paragraphs (b)(3), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of
this section. No new highly complex or
large institutions are entitled to
adjustment under paragraph (d)(1) of
this section. If a large or highly complex
institution has not yet received
CAMELS ratings, it will be given a
weighted CAMELS rating of 2 for
assessment purposes until actual
CAMELS ratings are assigned.
(3) CAMELS ratings for the surviving
institution in a merger or consolidation.
When an established institution merges
with or consolidates into a new
institution, if the FDIC determines the
resulting institution to be an established
institution under § 327.8(k)(1), its
CAMELS ratings for assessment
purposes will be based upon the
established institution’s ratings prior to
the merger or consolidation until new
ratings become available.
(4) Rate applicable to institutions
subject to subsidiary or credit union
exception. A small Risk Category I
institution that is established under
§ 327.8(k)(4) or (5), but does not have
CAMELS component ratings, shall be
assessed at 2 basis points above the
minimum initial base assessment rate
applicable to Risk Category I institutions
until it receives CAMELS component
ratings. Thereafter, the assessment rate
will be determined by annualizing,
where appropriate, financial ratios
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
obtained from all quarterly reports of
condition that have been filed, until the
institution files four quarterly reports of
condition. If a large or highly complex
institution is considered established
under § 327.8(k)(4) or (5), but does not
have CAMELS component ratings, it
will be given a weighted CAMELS rating
of 2 for assessment purposes until actual
CAMELS ratings are assigned.
(5) Request for review. An institution
that disagrees with the FDIC’s
determination that it is a new institution
may request review of that
determination pursuant to § 327.4(c).
(g) Assessment rates for bridge
depository institutions and
conservatorships. Institutions that are
bridge depository institutions under 12
U.S.C. 1821(n) and institutions for
which the Corporation has been
appointed or serves as conservator shall,
in all cases, be assessed at the Risk
Category I minimum initial base
assessment rate, which shall not be
subject to adjustment under paragraphs
(b)(3), (d)(1), (2) or (3) of this section.
■
7. Revise § 327.10 to read as follows:
§ 327.10
10717
Assessment rate schedules.
(a) Assessment rate schedules before
the reserve ratio of the DIF reaches 1.15
percent—
(1) Applicability. The assessment rate
schedules in paragraph (a) of this
section will cease to be applicable when
the reserve ratio of the DIF first reaches
1.15 percent.
(2) Initial Base Assessment Rate
Schedule. Before the reserve ratio of the
DIF reaches 1.15 percent, the initial base
assessment rate for an insured
depository institution shall be the rate
prescribed in the following schedule:
INITIAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE BEFORE THE RESERVE RATIO OF THE DIF REACHES 1.15 PERCENT
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
5–9
14
23
35
5–35
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Initial base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
(i) Risk Category I Initial Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
initial base assessment rates for all
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 5 to 9 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II, III, and IV Initial
Base Assessment Rate Schedule. The
annual initial base assessment rates for
Risk Categories II, III, and IV shall be 14,
23, and 35 basis points, respectively.
(iii) All institutions in any one risk
category, other than Risk Category I, will
be charged the same initial base
assessment rate, subject to adjustment as
appropriate.
(iv) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Initial Base Assessment
Rate Schedule. The annual initial base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from 5
to 35 basis points.
(3) Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule after Adjustments. Before the
reserve ratio of the DIF reaches 1.15
percent, the total base assessment rates
after adjustments for an insured
depository institution shall be as
prescribed in the following schedule.
TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE (AFTER ADJUSTMENTS)* BEFORE THE RESERVE RATIO OF THE DIF REACHES
1.15 PERCENT **
Risk category
I
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment .................................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
Total base assessment rate .........................................
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
5–9
(4.5)–0
........................
2.5–9
14
(5)–0
0–10
9–24
23
(5)–0
0–10
18–33
35
(5)–0
0–10
30–45
5–35
(5)–0
0–10
2.5–45
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Total base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
** Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
(i) Risk Category I Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for all
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 2.5 to 9 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category II shall range from 9 to 24 basis
points.
(iii) Risk Category III Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Category III shall range from 18 to 33
basis points.
(iv) Risk Category IV Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category IV shall range from 30 to 45
basis points.
(v) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule. The annual total base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from
2.5 to 45 basis points.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) Assessment rate schedules once
the reserve ratio of the DIF first reaches
1.15 percent, and the reserve ratio for
the immediately prior assessment
period is less than 2 percent— (1) Initial
Base Assessment Rate Schedule. Once
the reserve ratio of the DIF first reaches
1.15 percent, and the reserve ratio for
the immediately prior assessment
period is less than 2 percent, the initial
base assessment rate for an insured
depository institution shall be the rate
prescribed in the following schedule:
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10718
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
INITIAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE ONCE THE RESERVE RATIO OF THE DIF REACHES 1.15 PERCENT AND THE
RESERVE RATIO FOR THE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD IS LESS THAN 2 PERCENT
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
3–7
12
19
30
3–30
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Initial base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
(i) Risk Category I Initial Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
initial base assessment rates for all
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 3 to 7 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II, III, and IV Initial
Base Assessment Rate Schedule. The
annual initial base assessment rates for
Risk Categories II, III, and IV shall be 12,
19, and 30 basis points, respectively.
(iii) All institutions in any one risk
category, other than Risk Category I, will
be charged the same initial base
assessment rate, subject to adjustment as
appropriate.
(iv) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Initial Base Assessment
Rate Schedule. The annual initial base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from 3
to 30 basis points.
(2) Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule after Adjustments. Once the
reserve ratio of the DIF first reaches 1.15
percent, and the reserve ratio for the
immediately prior assessment period is
less than 2 percent, the total base
assessment rates after adjustments for an
insured depository institution shall be
as prescribed in the following schedule.
TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE (AFTER ADJUSTMENTS) * ONCE THE RESERVE RATIO OF THE DIF REACHES
1.15 PERCENT AND THE RESERVE RATIO FOR THE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD IS LESS THAN 2 PERCENT **
Risk category
I
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment .................................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
Total base assessment rate ................................................
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
3–7
(3.5)–0
........................
1.5–7
12
(5)–0
0–10
7–22
19
(5)–0
0–10
14–29
30
(5)–0
0–10
25–40
3–30
(5)–0
0–10
1.5–40
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Total base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
** Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
(i) Risk Category I Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 1.5 to 7 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category II shall range from 7 to 22 basis
points.
(iii) Risk Category III Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category III shall range from 14 to 29
basis points.
(iv) Risk Category IV Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category IV shall range from 25 to 40
basis points.
(v) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule. The annual total base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from
1.5 to 40 basis points.
(c) Assessment rate schedules if the
reserve ratio of the DIF for the prior
assessment period is equal to or greater
than 2 percent and less than 2.5
percent—(1) Initial Base Assessment
Rate Schedule. If the reserve ratio of the
DIF for the prior assessment period is
equal to or greater than 2 percent and
less than 2.5 percent, the initial base
assessment rate for an insured
depository institution, except as
provided in paragraph (e) of this
section, shall be the rate prescribed in
the following schedule:
INITIAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE IF RESERVE RATIO FOR PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD IS EQUAL TO OR
GREATER THAN 2 PERCENT BUT LESS THAN 2.5 PERCENT
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
2–6
10
17
28
2–28
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Initial base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
(i) Risk Category I Initial Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
initial base assessment rates for all
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 2 to 6 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II, III, and IV Initial
Base Assessment Rate Schedule. The
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
annual initial base assessment rates for
Risk Categories II, III, and IV shall be 10,
17, and 28 basis points, respectively.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) All institutions in any one risk
category, other than Risk Category I, will
be charged the same initial base
assessment rate, subject to adjustment as
appropriate.
(iv) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Initial Base Assessment
Rate Schedule. The annual initial base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from 2
to 28 basis points.
(2) Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule after Adjustments. If the
reserve ratio of the DIF for the prior
10719
assessment period is equal to or greater
than 2 percent and less than 2.5 percent,
the total base assessment rates after
adjustments for an insured depository
institution, except as provided in
paragraph (e) of this section, shall be as
prescribed in the following schedule.
TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE (AFTER ADJUSTMENTS) * IF RESERVE RATIO FOR PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD
IS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 2 PERCENT BUT LESS THAN 2.5 PERCENT **
Risk category I
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
Unsecured debt adjustment .................................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
Total base assessment rate ................................................
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
2–6
(3)–0
........................
1–6
10
(5)–0
0–10
5–20
17
(5)–0
0–10
12–27
28
(5)–0
0–10
23–38
2–38
(5)–0
0–10
1–38
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Total base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
** Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
(i) Risk Category I Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 1 to 6 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category II shall range from 5 to 20 basis
points.
(iii) Risk Category III Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category III shall range from 12 to 27
basis points.
(iv) Risk Category IV Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category IV shall range from 23 to 38
basis points.
(v) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule. The annual total base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from 1
to 38 basis points.
(d) Assessment rate schedules if the
reserve ratio of the DIF for the prior
assessment period is greater than 2.5
percent—(1) Initial Base Assessment
Rate Schedule. If the reserve ratio of the
DIF for the prior assessment period is
greater than 2.5 percent, the initial base
assessment rate for an insured
depository institution, except as
provided in paragraph (e) of this
section, shall be the rate prescribed in
the following schedule:
INITIAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE IF RESERVE RATIO FOR PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD IS GREATER THAN OR
EQUAL TO 2.5 PERCENT
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
1–5
9
15
25
1–25
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Initial base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(i) Risk Category I Initial Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
initial base assessment rates for all
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 1 to 5 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II, III, and IV Initial
Base Assessment Rate Schedule. The
annual initial base assessment rates for
Risk Categories II, III, and IV shall be 9,
15, and 25 basis points, respectively.
(iii) All institutions in any one risk
category, other than Risk Category I, will
be charged the same initial base
assessment rate, subject to adjustment as
appropriate.
(iv) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Initial Base Assessment
Rate Schedule. The annual initial base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from 1
to 25 basis points.
(2) Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule after Adjustments. If the
reserve ratio of the DIF for the prior
assessment period is greater than 2.5
percent, the total base assessment rates
after adjustments for an insured
depository institution, except as
provided in paragraph (e) of this
section, shall be the rate prescribed in
the following schedule.
TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE (AFTER ADJUSTMENTS) * IF RESERVE RATIO FOR PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD
IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 PERCENT **
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
1–5
9
15
25
1–25
Initial base assessment rate ................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10720
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
TOTAL BASE ASSESSMENT RATE SCHEDULE (AFTER ADJUSTMENTS) * IF RESERVE RATIO FOR PRIOR ASSESSMENT PERIOD
IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 PERCENT **—Continued
Risk category
I
Risk category
II
Risk category
III
Risk category
IV
Large and
highly complex
institutions
Unsecured debt adjustment .................................................
Brokered deposit adjustment ...............................................
(2.5)–0
........................
(4.5)–0
0–10
(5)–0
0–10
(5)–0
0–10
(5)–0
0–10
Total Base Assessment Rate .......................................
0.5–5
4.5–19
10–25
20–35
0.5–35
* All amounts for all risk categories are in basis points annually. Total base rates that are not the minimum or maximum rate will vary between
these rates.
**Total base assessment rates do not include the depository institution debt adjustment.
(i) Risk Category I Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for
institutions in Risk Category I shall
range from 0.5 to 5 basis points.
(ii) Risk Category II Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category II shall range from 4.5 to 19
basis points.
(iii) Risk Category III Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category III shall range from 10 to 25
basis points.
(iv) Risk Category IV Total Base
Assessment Rate Schedule. The annual
total base assessment rates for Risk
Category IV shall range from 20 to 35
basis points.
(v) Large and Highly Complex
Institutions Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule. The annual total base
assessment rates for all large and highly
complex institutions shall range from
0.5 to 35 basis points.
(e) Assessment Rate Schedules for
New Institutions. New depository
institutions, as defined in 327.8(j), shall
be subject to the assessment rate
schedules as follows:
(1) Prior to the reserve ratio of the DIF
first reaching 1.15 percent after
September 30, 2010. After September
30, 2010, if the reserve ratio of the DIF
has not reached 1.15 percent, new
institutions shall be subject to the initial
and total base assessment rate schedules
provided for in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Assessment rate schedules once
the DIF reserve ratio first reaches 1.15
percent after September 30, 2010. After
September 30, 2010, once the reserve
ratio of the DIF first reaches 1.15
percent, new institutions shall be
subject to the initial and total base
assessment rate schedules provided for
in paragraph (b) of this section, even if
the reserve ratio equals or exceeds 2
percent or 2.5 percent.
(f) Total Base Assessment Rate
Schedule adjustments and procedures—
(1) Board Rate Adjustments. The Board
may increase or decrease the total base
assessment rate schedule in paragraphs
(a) through (d) of this section up to a
maximum increase of 2 basis points or
a fraction thereof or a maximum
decrease of 2 basis points or a fraction
thereof (after aggregating increases and
decreases), as the Board deems
necessary. Any such adjustment shall
apply uniformly to each rate in the total
base assessment rate schedule. In no
case may such rate adjustments result in
a total base assessment rate that is
mathematically less than zero or in a
total base assessment rate schedule that,
at any time, is more than 2 basis points
above or below the total base assessment
schedule for the Deposit Insurance Fund
in effect pursuant to paragraph (b) of
this section, nor may any one such
adjustment constitute an increase or
decrease of more than 2 basis points.
(2) Amount of revenue. In setting
assessment rates, the Board shall take
into consideration the following:
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio ...............................................................................
Concentration Measure for Large Insured depository institutions (excluding Highly Complex Institutions).
(1) Higher-Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ...............................
(2) Growth-Adjusted Portfolio Concentrations ..........................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
(i) Estimated operating expenses of
the Deposit Insurance Fund;
(ii) Case resolution expenditures and
income of the Deposit Insurance Fund;
(iii) The projected effects of
assessments on the capital and earnings
of the institutions paying assessments to
the Deposit Insurance Fund;
(iv) The risk factors and other factors
taken into account pursuant to 12 U.S.C.
1817(b)(1); and
(v) Any other factors the Board may
deem appropriate.
(3) Adjustment procedure. Any
adjustment adopted by the Board
pursuant to this paragraph will be
adopted by rulemaking, except that the
Corporation may set assessment rates as
necessary to manage the reserve ratio,
within set parameters not exceeding
cumulatively 2 basis points, pursuant to
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, without
further rulemaking.
(4) Announcement. The Board shall
announce the assessment schedules and
the amount and basis for any adjustment
thereto not later than 30 days before the
quarterly certified statement invoice
date specified in § 327.3(b) of this part
for the first assessment period for which
the adjustment shall be effective. Once
set, rates will remain in effect until
changed by the Board.
8. Revise appendices A, B, and C to
subpart A of part 327 to read as follows:
■
Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 327—
Description of Scorecard Measures
Tier 1 capital for Prompt Corrective Action (PCA) divided by adjusted
average assets based on the definition for prompt corrective action.
The concentration score for large institutions is the higher of the following two scores:
Sum of construction and land development (C&D) loans (funded and
unfunded), leveraged loans (funded and unfunded), nontraditional
mortgages, and subprime consumer loans divided by Tier 1 capital
and reserves. See Appendix C for the detailed description of the
ratio.
The measure is calculated in the following steps:
(1) Concentration levels (as a ratio to Tier 1 capital and reserves) are
calculated for each broad portfolio category:
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Concentration Measure for Highly Complex Institutions ..........................
(1) Higher-Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ...............................
(2) Top 20 Counterparty Exposure/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ............
(3) Largest Counterparty Exposure/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves ...........
Core Earnings/Average Quarter-End Total Assets ..................................
Credit Quality Measure .............................................................................
(1) Criticized and Classified Items/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves .............
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(2) Underperforming Assets/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves .......................
Core Deposits/Total Liabilities ..................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
10721
• C&D,
• Other commercial real estate loans,
• First lien residential mortgages (including non-agency residential
mortgage-backed securities),
• Closed-end junior liens and home equity lines of credit
(HELOCs),
• Commercial and industrial loans,
• Credit card loans, and
• Other consumer loans.
(2) Risk weights are assigned to each loan category based on historical loss rates.
(3) Concentration levels are multiplied by risk weights and squared to
produce a risk-adjusted concentration ratio for each portfolio.
(4) Three-year merger-adjusted portfolio growth rates are then scaled
to a growth factor of 1 to 1.2 where a 3-year cumulative growth rate
of 20 percent or less equals a factor of 1 and a growth rate of 80
percent or greater equals a factor of 1.2. If three years of data are
not available, a growth factor of 1 will be assigned.
(5) The risk-adjusted concentration ratio for each portfolio is multiplied
by the growth factor and resulting values are summed.
See Appendix C for the detailed description of the measure.
Concentration score for highly complex institutions is the highest of the
following three scores:
Sum of C&D loans (funded and unfunded), leveraged loans (funded
and unfunded), nontraditional mortgages, and subprime consumer
loans divided by Tier 1 capital and reserves. See Appendix C for the
detailed description of the measure.
Sum of the total exposure amount to the largest 20 counterparties (in
terms of exposure amount) divided by Tier 1 capital and reserves.
Counterparty exposure is equal to the sum of Exposure at Default
(EAD) associated with derivatives trading and Securities Financing
Transactions (SFTs) and the gross lending exposure (including all
unfunded commitments) for each counterparty or borrower at the
consolidated entity level.1
The amount of exposure to the largest counterparty (in terms of exposure amount) divided by Tier 1 capital and reserves. Counterparty
exposure is equal to the sum of Exposure at Default (EAD) associated with derivatives trading and Securities Financing Transactions
(SFTs) and the gross lending exposure (including all unfunded commitments) for each counterparty or borrower at the consolidated entity level.
Core earnings are defined as net income less extraordinary items and
tax-adjusted realized gains and losses on available-for-sale (AFS)
and held-to-maturity (HTM) securities, adjusted for mergers. The
ratio takes a four-quarter sum of merger-adjusted core earnings and
divides it by an average of five quarter-end total assets (most recent
and four prior quarters). If four quarters of data on core earnings are
not available, data for quarters that are available will be added and
annualized. If five quarters of data on total assets are not available,
data for quarters that are available will be averaged.
The credit quality score is the higher of the following two scores:
Sum of criticized and classified items divided by the sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves. Criticized and classified items include items an institution or its primary federal regulator have graded ‘‘Special Mention’’ or worse and include retail items under Uniform Retail Classification Guidelines, securities, funded and unfunded loans, other real
estate owned (ORE), other assets, and marked-to-market
counterparty positions, less credit valuation adjustments.2 Criticized
and classified items exclude loans and securities in trading books,
and the amount recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies,
or government-sponsored agencies, under guarantee or insurance
provisions.
Sum of loans that are 30 days or more past due and still accruing interest, nonaccrual loans, restructured loans (including restructured
1–4 family loans), and ORE, excluding the maximum amount recoverable from the U.S. government, its agencies, or government-sponsored agencies, under guarantee or insurance provisions, divided by
a sum of Tier 1 capital and reserves.
Total domestic deposits excluding brokered deposits and uninsured
non-brokered time deposits divided by total liabilities.
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
10722
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Balance Sheet Liquidity Ratio ..................................................................
Potential Losses/Total Domestic Deposits (Loss Severity Measure) ......
Market Risk Measure for Highly Complex Institutions .............................
(1) Trading Revenue Volatility/Tier 1 Capital ...........................................
(2) Market Risk Capital/Tier 1 Capital ......................................................
(3) Level 3 Trading Assets/Tier 1 Capital ................................................
Average Short-term Funding/Average Total Assets ................................
Sum of cash and balances due from depository institutions, federal
funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and
the market value of available for sale and held to maturity agency
securities (excludes agency mortgage-backed securities but includes
all other agency securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies, and U.S. government sponsored enterprises) divided
by the sum of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements,
other borrowings (including FHLB) with a remaining maturity of one
year or less, 5 percent of insured domestic deposits, and 10 percent
of uninsured domestic and foreign deposits.3
Potential losses to the DIF in the event of failure divided by total domestic deposits. Appendix D describes the calculation of the loss severity measure in detail.
The market risk score is a weighted average of the following three
scores:
Trailing 4-quarter standard deviation of quarterly trading revenue
(merger-adjusted) divided by Tier 1 capital.
Market risk capital divided by Tier 1 capital.4
Level 3 trading assets divided by Tier 1 capital.
Quarterly average of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements divided by the quarterly average of total assets as reported on
Schedule RC–K of the Call Reports.
1 EAD and SFTs are defined and described in the compilation issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in its June 2006 document, ‘‘International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards.’’ The definitions are described in detail in Annex 4 of the document. Any updates to the Basel II capital treatment of counterparty credit risk would be implemented as they are adopted. https://www.bis.org/
publ/bcbs128.pdf.
2 A marked-to-market counterparty position is equal to the sum of the net marked-to-market derivative exposures for each counterparty. The
net marked-to-market derivative exposure equals the sum of all positive marked-to-market exposures net of legally enforceable netting provisions
and net of all collateral held under a legally enforceable CSA plus any exposure where excess collateral has been posted to the counterparty.
For purposes of the Criticized and Classified Items/Tier 1 Capital and Reserves definition a marked-to-market counterparty position less any
credit valuation adjustment can never be less than zero.
3 Deposit runoff rates for the balance sheet liquidity ratio reflect changes issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in its December 2010 document, ‘‘Basel III: International Framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards, and monitoring,’’ https://www.bis.org/publ/
bcbs188.pdf.
4 Market risk capital is defined in Appendix C of Part 325 of the FDIC Rules and Regulations,. https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/rules/20004800.html#fdic2000appendixctopart325.
1. Weighted Average CAMELS Rating
Weighted average CAMELS ratings
between 1 and 3.5 are assigned a score
between 25 and 100 according to the
following equation:
S = 25 + [(20/3) * (C2 ¥1)],
where:
S = the weighted average CAMELS score; and
C = the weighted average CAMELS rating.
2. Other Scorecard Measures
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
For certain scorecard measures, a lower
ratio implies lower risk and a higher ratio
implies higher risk. These measures include:
• Concentration measure;
• Credit quality measure;
• Market risk measure;
• Average short-term funding to average
total assets ratio; and
• Potential losses to total domestic
deposits ratio (loss severity measure).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
For those measures, a value between the
minimum and maximum cutoff values is
converted linearly to a score between 0 and
100, according to the following formula:
S = (V ¥Min) * 100/(Max ¥Min),
where S is score (rounded to three decimal
points), V is the value of the measure,
Min is the minimum cutoff value and
Max is the maximum cutoff value.
For other scorecard measures, a lower
value represents higher risk and a higher
value represents lower risk. These measures
include:
• Tier 1 leverage ratio;
• Core earnings to average quarter-end
total assets ratio;
• Core deposits to total liabilities ratio; and
• Balance sheet liquidity ratio.
For those measures, a value between the
minimum and maximum cutoff values is
converted linearly to a score between 0 and
100, according to the following formula:
S = (Max ¥V) * 100/(Max ¥Min),
where S is score (rounded to three decimal
points), V is the value of the measure,
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Max is the maximum cutoff value and
Min is the minimum cutoff value.
Appendix C to Subpart A to Part 327—
Concentration Measures
The concentration score is the higher of the
higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and
reserves score or the growth-adjusted
portfolio concentrations score. The
concentration score for highly complex
institutions is the highest of the higher-risk
assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves score, the
Top 20 counterparty exposure to Tier 1
capital and reserves score, or the largest
counterparty to Tier 1 capital and reserves
score. The higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital
and reserve ratio and the growth-adjusted
portfolio concentration measure are
described below.
A. Higher-Risk Assets/Tier 1 Capital and
Reserves
The higher-risk assets to Tier 1 capital and
reserves ratio is the sum of the
concentrations in each of four risk areas
described below and is calculated as:
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.010
Appendix B to Subpart A of Part 327—
Conversion of Scorecard Measures into
Score
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
10723
origination or renewal, except securities
classified as trading book.4 5
• Loans or securities where borrower’s
total or senior debt to trailing twelve-month
EBITDA 6 (i.e. operating leverage ratio) is
greater than 4 or 3 times, respectively. For
purposes of this calculation, the only
permitted EBITDA adjustments are those
adjustments specifically permitted for that
borrower in its credit agreement; or
• Loans or securities that are designated as
highly leveraged transactions (HLT) by
syndication agent.7
3. Nontraditional Mortgage Loans:
Nontraditional mortgage loans includes all
residential loan products that allow the
borrower to defer repayment of principal or
interest and includes all interest-only
products, teaser rate mortgages, and negative
amortizing mortgages, with the exception of
home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) or
reverse mortgages.8 9 10
For purposes of the higher-risk
concentration ratio, nontraditional mortgage
loans include securitizations where more
than 50 percent of the assets backing the
securitization meet one or more of the
preceding criteria for nontraditional mortgage
loans, with the exception of those securities
classified as trading book.
4. Subprime Loans: Subprime loans
include loans made to borrowers that display
one or more of the following credit risk
characteristics (excluding subprime loans
that are previously included as
nontraditional mortgage loans) at origination
or upon refinancing, whichever is more
recent.
• Two or more 30-day delinquencies in the
last 12 months, or one or more 60-day
delinquencies in the last 24 months;
• Judgment, foreclosure, repossession, or
charge-off in the prior 24 months;
• Bankruptcy in the last 5 years; or
• Debt service-to-income ratio of 50
percent or greater, or otherwise limited
ability to cover family living expenses after
deducting total monthly debt-service
requirements from monthly income.11
Subprime loans also include loans
identified by an insured depository
institution as subprime loans based upon
similar borrower characteristics and
securitizations where more than 50 percent
of assets backing the securitization meet one
or more of the preceding criteria for subprime
loans, excluding those securities classified as
trading book.
where:
N is institution i’s growth-adjusted portfolio
concentration measure; 12
k is a portfolio;
g is a growth factor for institution i’s portfolio
k; and,
w is a risk weight for portfolio k.
The seven portfolios (k) are defined based
on the Call Report/TFR data and they are:
• Construction and land development
loans;
• Other commercial real estate loans;
• First-lien residential mortgages and nonagency residential mortgage-backed securities
(excludes CMOs, REMICS, CMO and REMIC
residuals, and stripped MBS issued by nonU.S. Government issuers for which the
collateral consists of MBS issued or
guaranteed by U.S. government agencies);
• Closed-end junior liens and home equity
lines of credit (HELOCs);
• Commercial and industrial loans;
• Credit card loans; and
• Other consumer loans.13 14
The growth factor, g, is based on a threeyear merger-adjusted growth rate for a given
portfolio; g ranges from 1 to 1.2 where a 20
percent growth rate equals a factor of 1 and
an 80 percent growth rate equals a factor of
1.2.15 For growth rates less than 20 percent,
g is 1; for growth rates greater than 80
percent, g is 1.2. For growth rates between 20
percent and 80 percent, the growth factor is
calculated as:
1 The high-risk concentration ratio is rounded to
two decimal points.
2 Unfunded amounts include irrevocable and
revocable commitments.
3 Each loan concentration category should
include purchased credit impaired loans and
should exclude the amount recoverable from the
U.S. government, its agencies, or governmentsponsored agencies, under guarantee or insurance
provisions.
4 The following guidelines should be used to
determine the ‘‘original amount’’ of a loan:
(1) For loans drawn down under lines of credit
or loan commitments, the ‘‘original amount’’ of the
loan is the size of the line of credit or loan
commitment when the line of credit or loan
commitment was most recently approved,
extended, or renewed prior to the report date.
However, if the amount currently outstanding as of
the report date exceeds this size, the ‘‘original
amount’’ is the amount currently outstanding on the
report date.
(2) For loan participations and syndications, the
‘‘original amount’’ of the loan participation or
syndication is the entire amount of the credit
originated by the lead lender.
(3) For all other loans, the ‘‘original amount’’ is
the total amount of the loan at origination or the
amount currently outstanding as of the report date,
whichever is larger.
5 Leveraged loans criteria are consistent with
guidance issued by the Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency in its Comptroller’s Handbook,
https://www.occ.gov/static/publications/handbook/
LeveragedLending.pdf, but do not include all of the
criteria in the handbook.
6 Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and
amortization.
7 https://www.fdic.gov/news/news/press/2001/
pr2801.html.
8 For purposes of this rule making, a teaser-rate
mortgage loan is defined as a mortgage with a
discounted initial rate where the lender offers a
lower rate and lower payments for part of the
mortgage term.
9 https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/laws/federal/
2006/06noticeFINAL.html.
10 A mortgage loan is no longer considered a
nontraditional mortgage once the teaser rate has
expired. An interest only loan is no longer
considered nontraditional once the loan begins to
amortize.
11 https://www.fdic.gov/news/news/press/2001/
pr0901a.html; however, the definition in the text
above excludes any reference to FICO or other
credit bureau scores.
12 The growth-adjusted portfolio concentration
measure is rounded to two decimal points.
13 All loan concentrations should include the fair
value of purchased credit impaired loans.
14 Each loan concentration category should
exclude the amount of loans recoverable from the
U.S. government, its agencies, or governmentsponsored agencies, under guarantee or insurance
provisions.
15 The growth factor is rounded to two decimal
points.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:11 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
B. Growth-Adjusted Portfolio Concentration
Measure
The growth-adjusted concentration
measure is the sum of the concentration ratio
for each of seven portfolios, adjusted for risk
weights and growth. The product of the risk
weight and the concentration ratio for each
portfolio is first squared and then multiplied
by the growth factor for each. The measure
is calculated as:
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.011
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
where:
H is institution i’s higher-risk concentration
measure and
k is a risk area.1 The four risk areas (k) are
defined as:
• Construction and land development
loans (funded and unfunded);
• Leveraged loans (funded and
unfunded); 2
• Nontraditional mortgage loans; and
• Subprime consumer loans.3
The risk areas are defined according to the
interagency guidance for a given product
with specific modifications made to
minimize reporting discrepancies. The
definitions for each risk area are as follows:
1. Construction and Land Development
Loans: Construction and development loans
include construction and land development
loans outstanding and unfunded
commitments.
2. Leveraged Loans: Leveraged loans
include: (1) All commercial loans (funded
and unfunded) with an original amount
greater than $1 million that meet any one of
the conditions below at either origination or
renewal, except real estate loans; (2)
securities issued by commercial borrowers
that meet any one of the conditions below at
either origination or renewal, except
securities classified as trading book; and (3)
and securitizations that are more than 50
percent collateralized by assets that meet any
one of the conditions below at either
10724
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The risk weight for each portfolio reflects
relative peak loss rates for banks at the 90th
percentile during the 1990–2009 period.16
These loss rates were converted into
equivalent risk weights as shown in Table
C.1.
TABLE C.1—90TH PERCENTILE ANNUAL LOSS RATES FOR 1990–2009 PERIOD AND CORRESPONDING RISK WEIGHTS
Loss rates
(90th percentile)
(percent)
Portfolio
First-Lien Mortgages ........................................................................................................................................
Second/Junior Lien Mortgages ........................................................................................................................
Commercial and Industrial (C&I) Loans ..........................................................................................................
Construction and Development (C&D) Loans .................................................................................................
Commercial Real Estate Loans, excluding C&D .............................................................................................
Credit Card Loans ...........................................................................................................................................
Other Consumer Loans ...................................................................................................................................
9. Add appendix D to subpart A of
part 327 to read as follows:
■
Appendix D to Subpart A of Part 327—
Description of the Loss Severity
Measure
The loss severity measure applies a
standardized set of assumptions to an
institution’s balance sheet to measure
possible losses to the FDIC in the event of an
institution’s failure. To determine an
institution’s loss severity rate, the FDIC first
applies assumptions about uninsured deposit
and other unsecured liability runoff, and
growth in insured deposits, to adjust the size
and composition of the institution’s
liabilities. Assets are then reduced to match
any reduction in liabilities.1 The institution’s
asset values are then further reduced so that
the Tier 1 leverage ratio reaches 2 percent.2
In both cases, assets are adjusted pro rata to
preserve the institution’s asset composition.
Assumptions regarding loss rates at failure
for a given asset category and the extent of
secured liabilities are then applied to
Risk weights
2.3
4.6
5.0
15.0
4.3
11.8
5.9
0.5
0.9
1.0
3.0
0.9
2.4
1.2
estimated assets and liabilities at failure to
determine whether the institution has
enough unencumbered assets to cover
domestic deposits. Any projected shortfall is
divided by current domestic deposits to
obtain an end-of-period loss severity ratio.
The loss severity measure is an average loss
severity ratio for the three most recent
quarters of data available.
Runoff and Capital Adjustment Assumptions
Table D.1 contains run-off assumptions.
TABLE D.1—RUNOFF RATE ASSUMPTIONS
Runoff rate *
(percent)
Liability type
Insured Deposits ..................................................................................................................................................................
Uninsured Deposits .............................................................................................................................................................
Foreign Deposits ..................................................................................................................................................................
Federal Funds Purchased ...................................................................................................................................................
Repurchase Agreements .....................................................................................................................................................
Trading Liabilities .................................................................................................................................................................
Unsecured Borrowings <= 1 Year .......................................................................................................................................
Secured Borrowings <= 1 Year ...........................................................................................................................................
Subordinated Debt and Limited Liability Preferred Stock ...................................................................................................
(10)
58
80
100
75
50
75
25
15
Given the resulting total liabilities after
runoff, assets are then reduced pro rata to
preserve the relative amount of assets in each
of the following asset categories and to
achieve a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 2 percent:
• Cash and Interest Bearing Balances;
• Trading Account Assets;
• Federal Funds Sold and Repurchase
Agreements;
• Treasury and Agency Securities;
• Municipal Securities;
• Other Securities;
16 The risk weights are based on loss rates for
each portfolio relative to the loss rate for C&I loans,
which is given a risk weight of 1. The peak loss
rates were derived as follows. The loss rate for each
loan category for each bank with over $5 billion in
total assets was calculated for each of the last
twenty calendar years (1990–2009). The highest
value of the 90th percentile of each loan category
over the twenty year period was selected as the
peak loss rate.
1 In most cases, the model would yield reductions
in liabilities and assets prior to failure. Exceptions
may occur for institutions primarily funded through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
•
•
•
•
•
•
Construction and Development Loans;
Nonresidential Real Estate Loans;
Multifamily Real Estate Loans;
1–4 Family Closed-End First Liens;
1–4 Family Closed-End Junior Liens;
Revolving Home Equity Loans; and
insured deposits, which the model assumes to grow
prior to failure.
2 Of course, in reality, runoff and capital declines
occur more or less simultaneously as an institution
approaches failure. The loss severity measure
assumptions simplify this process for ease of
modeling.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.012
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
* A negative rate implies growth.
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
• Agricultural Real Estate Loans.
10725
Recovery Value of Assets at Failure
Table D.2 shows loss rates applied to each
of the asset categories as adjusted above.
TABLE D.2—ASSET LOSS RATE ASSUMPTIONS
Loss rate
(percent)
Asset category
Cash and Interest Bearing Balances ...................................................................................................................................................
Trading Account Assets .......................................................................................................................................................................
Federal Funds Sold and Repurchase Agreements .............................................................................................................................
Treasury and Agency Securities .........................................................................................................................................................
Municipal Securities .............................................................................................................................................................................
Other Securities ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Construction and Development Loans ................................................................................................................................................
Nonresidential Real Estate Loans .......................................................................................................................................................
Multifamily Real Estate Loans .............................................................................................................................................................
1–4 Family Closed-End First Liens .....................................................................................................................................................
1–4 Family Closed-End Junior Liens ..................................................................................................................................................
Revolving Home Equity Loans ............................................................................................................................................................
Agricultural Real Estate Loans ............................................................................................................................................................
Agricultural Loans ................................................................................................................................................................................
Commercial and Industrial Loans ........................................................................................................................................................
Credit Card Loans ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Other Consumer Loans .......................................................................................................................................................................
All Other Loans ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Other Assets ........................................................................................................................................................................................
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
10.0
15.0
38.2
17.6
10.8
19.4
41.0
41.0
19.7
11.8
21.5
18.3
18.3
51.0
75.0
agreements are assumed to be fully secured.
Foreign deposits are treated as fully secured
because of the potential for ring fencing.
Loss Severity Ratio Calculation
The FDIC’s loss given failure (LGD) is
calculated as:
An end-of-quarter loss severity ratio is LGD
divided by total domestic deposits at quarterend and the loss severity measure for the
scorecard is an average of end-of-period loss
severity ratios for three most recent quarters.
Appendices
transferred to customers in the form of
changes in borrowing rates, deposit rates, or
service fees. Since deposit insurance
assessments are a tax-deductible operating
expense, increases in the assessment expense
can lower taxable income and decreases in
the assessment expense can increase taxable
income. Therefore, the analysis considers the
effective after-tax cost of assessments in
calculating the effect on capital.3
The effect of the change in assessments on
an institution’s income is measured by the
change in deposit insurance assessments as
a percent of income before assessments,
taxes, and extraordinary items (hereafter
referred to as ‘‘income’’). This income
measure is used in order to eliminate the
potentially transitory effects of extraordinary
items and taxes on profitability. In order to
facilitate a comparison of the impact of
assessment changes, institutions were
assigned to one of two groups: Those that
were profitable and those that were
unprofitable in the period covering the
second and third quarters of 2010.
For this analysis, data as of September 30,
2010 are used to calculate each bank’s
assessment base and risk-based assessment
rate, both absent the changes in the final rule
and under the final rule. The base and rate
■
10. Revise § 327.50 to read as follows:
§ 327.50
Dividends.
(a) Suspension of Dividends. The
Board will suspend dividends
indefinitely whenever the DIF reserve
ratio exceeds 1.50 percent at the end of
any year.
(b) Assessment Rate Schedule if DIF
Reserve Ratio Exceeds 1.50 Percent. In
lieu of dividends, when the DIF reserve
ratio exceeds 1.50 percent, assessment
rates shall be determined as set forth in
section 327.10, as appropriate.
§§ 327.51 through 327.54
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
■
[Removed]
11. Remove §§ 327.51 through 327.54.
Note: The following appendices will not
appear in the Code of Federal Regulations:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Appendix 1—Analysis of the Projected
Effects of the Payment of Assessments
on the Capital and Earnings of Insured
Depository Institutions
I. Introduction
This analysis estimates the effect of the
changes in deposit insurance assessments
adopted in the final rule on the equity capital
and profitability of insured institutions.
These changes include the new assessment
base and assessment rates effective April 1,
2011. The FDIC set the rates in the final rule
(shown in Table 4) to maintain approximate
revenue neutrality upon adoption of the new
assessment base required by Dodd-Frank.
Therefore, for insured institutions in
aggregate, the changes in assessment rates
and the assessment base will not affect
aggregate earnings and capital. This analysis,
therefore, focuses on the magnitude of
increases or decreases to individual
institutions’ earnings and capital resulting
from the adoption of the final rule.
II. Assumptions and Data
The analysis assumes that pre-tax income
for the next four quarters (beginning in the
fourth quarter of 2010) for each institution is
equal to annualized income in the second
and third quarters of 2010, adjusted for
mergers. The analysis also assumes that the
effects of changes in assessments are not
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3 The analysis does not incorporate any tax effects
from an operating loss carry forward or carry back.
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.013
Secured Liabilities at Failure
Federal home loan bank advances, secured
federal funds purchased and repurchase
10726
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
percent equity to assets that would have
otherwise. No bank facing an increase in
assessments would, as a result of the
assessment increase, fall below the 4 percent
or 2 percent thresholds.
Table 1.1 shows that approximately 84
percent of profitable institutions are
projected to have a decrease in assessments
in an amount between 0 and 10 percent of
income. Another 14 percent of profitable
institutions would have a reduction in
assessments exceeding 10 percent of their
income. Only 91 institutions would have an
increase in assessments, with all but 12 of
them between facing assessment increases
between 0 and 10 percent of their income.
projected to have a decrease in assessments
in an amount between 0 and 10 percent of
their losses. Another 33 percent will have
lower assessments in amounts exceeding 10
percent income. Only 42 unprofitable banks
will face assessment increases, all but 10 of
them in amounts between 0 and 10 percent
of losses.
4 All income statement items used in this analysis
were adjusted for the effect of mergers. Institutions
for which four quarters of non-zero earnings data
were unavailable, including insured branches of
foreign banks, were excluded from this analysis.
5 The analysis uses 4 percent as the threshold
because an insured institution generally needs to
maintain Tier 1 capital of at least 4 percent of assets
to be considered ‘‘adequately capitalized’’ under
Prompt Corrective Action standards (12 CFR
325.103). In this analysis, equity to assets is used
as the measure of capital adequacy.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
III. Projected Effects on Capital and Earnings
The analysis indicates that projected
decreases in assessments prevent 3
institutions from becoming under-capitalized
(i.e., from falling below 4 percent equity to
assets) that were projected to do so
otherwise. Lower assessments would also
prevent 1 institution from declining below 2
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.014
the event that the ratio of equity to assets
falls below 4 percent, however, this
assumption is modified such that an
institution retains the amount necessary to
achieve a 4 percent minimum and distributes
any remaining funds according to the
dividend payout rate.5
Table 1.2 provides the same analysis for
institutions that were unprofitable during the
period covering the second and third quarters
of 2010. Table 1.2 shows that about 65
percent of unprofitable institutions are
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
are assumed to remain constant throughout
the one year projection period.4
An institution’s earnings retention and
dividend policies also influence the extent to
which assessments affect equity levels. If an
institution maintains the same dollar amount
of dividends when it pays a higher deposit
insurance assessment under the final rule,
equity (retained earnings) will be less by the
full amount of the after-tax cost of the
increase in the assessment. This analysis
instead assumes that an institution will
maintain its dividend rate (that is, dividends
as a fraction of net income) unchanged from
the weighted average rate reported over the
four quarters ending September 30, 2010. In
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
10727
to those measures are generally based on the
results of an ordinary least square (OLS)
model, and in some cases, a logistic
regression model. The OLS model estimates
how well a set of risk measures in 2005
through 2008 can predict the FDIC’s view,
based on its experience and judgment, of the
proper rank ordering of risk (the expert
judgment ranking) for large institutions as of
year-end 2009.
The OLS model is specified as:
where:
k is a risk measure;
n is the number of risk measures; and
t is the quarter that is being assessed.
The logistic regression model estimates how
well the same set of risk measures in 2005
through 2008 can predict whether a large
bank fails and it is specified as:
where:
Fail is whether an institution i failed on or
prior to year-end 2009 or not.1
To select the risk measures for the
scorecard, the FDIC first considered those
measures deemed to be most relevant in
assessing large institutions’ ability to
withstand stress. These candidate risk
measures were converted to a score between
0 and 100, using specified minimum and
maximum cutoff values, and then tested for
statistical significance in both the expert
judgment ranking and failure prediction
models.
Table 2.1 provides descriptive statistics for
all risk measures used in the large institution
scorecard and highly complex institution
scorecard. Most but not all of the minimum
and maximum cutoff values for each
scorecard measure equal the 10th and 90th
percentile values among large institutions
based upon data from 2000 through 2009.
1 For the purpose of regression analysis, large
institutions that received significant government
support or that came close to failure are deemed to
have failed.
Appendix 2—Statistical Analysis of
Measures
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
ER25FE11.016
ER25FE11.017
VerDate Mar<15>2010
25FER2
ER25FE11.015
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
The risk measures included in the
performance score and the weights assigned
10728
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Table 2.3 shows the results of the OLS
model using the scored measures for years
2005 through 2008. The dependent variable
for the model is an expert judgment ranking
as of year-end 2009. All of the measures are
statistically significant in several years at the
5 percent level. Three of the seven
measures—the weighted average CAMELS
rating, concentration measure, and core
deposits ratio—are significant at the 1
percent level in all years. All of the estimated
coefficients have a positive sign, which is
consistent with expectations since each
measure was normalized into a score that
increases with risk.
2 The FDIC has conducted a number of robustness
tests with alternative ratios for capital and earnings,
a log transformation of several variables—the
balance sheet liquidity and growth-adjusted
concentration measures—and alternative dependent
variables—CAMELS and the FDIC’s internal risk
ratings. These robustness tests show that the same
set of variables are generally statistically significant
in most models; that converting to a score from a
raw ratio generally resolves any potential concern
related to a nonlinear relationship between the
dependent variable and several explanatory
variables; and, finally, that alternative ratios for
capital and earnings are not better in predicting
expert judgment ranking or failure.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.019
concentration and credit quality measures,
are based on Call Report or TFR data and are
defined in Appendix A. The concentration
measure is described in detail in Appendix
C.
ER25FE11.018
severity measure was excluded from the
analysis, since neither of the dependent
variables in the two regressions reflect the
expected (or actual) loss given failure. Most
of the performance measures, other than
OLS Model Results and Derivation of Weights
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Table 2.2 provides the same statistics for
each of the scored risk measures used in the
expert judgment ranking and failure
prediction models.2 The figures are based on
data from 2005 through 2008. The loss
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
10729
1.74 = 0.21). The proposal effectively assigns
a weight of 17.5 percent (50 percent weight
on the ability to withstand asset-related stress
score × 35 percent weight on the
concentration measure). Table 2.4 shows the
average coefficients and implied and actual
weights.
Logistic Model Results
variable for the model is whether an
institution failed before year-end 2009. The
weighted average CAMELS rating, Tier 1
leverage ratio, concentration measure, and
core deposits ratio are significant at the 5
percent level in all years and have the
expected sign. The core earnings ratio, credit
quality measure, and balance sheet liquidity
Table 2.5 shows the results of the logistic
regression model, where the dependent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.021
For example, the average coefficient on the
weighted average CAMELS rating was 0.56,
which is about 32 percent of the sum of the
average coefficients (1.74). The current
proposal assigns a weight of 30 percent to
this measure. Similarly, the average
coefficient of 0.37 on the concentration
measure implies a weight of 21 percent (0.37/
ER25FE11.020
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
The weight for each scorecard measure was
generally based on the weight implied by
coefficients for 2005 to 2008, with some
adjustments to account for more recent
experience. The implied weights are
computed by dividing the average of
scorecard measure coefficients for 2005 to
2008 by the sum of the average coefficients.
10730
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
ratio are not statistically significant in several
years.
it only explains a small percentage of the
variation in the year-end 2009 expert
judgment ranking—particularly in models for
2005 (10 percent) through 2007 (19 percent).
Table 2.7 shows the results of the OLS
regression model with a weighted average
CAMELS rating and the current small bank
financial ratios. These results show that
adding the current small bank model
financial ratios improves the ability to
predict the year-end 2009 expert judgment
ranking; however, the improvement is not as
significant as in the model with scorecard
model. For example, in 2006, the model
using small bank financial ratios explained
21 percent of the variation in the current
expert judgment ranking. This compares to
46 percent for the scorecard.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.023
CAMELS rating only. These results show that
while the weighted average CAMELS rating
is statistically significant in predicting an
expert judgment ranking as of year-end 2009,
ER25FE11.022
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
OLS Regression Results: CAMELS and the
Current Small Bank Financial Ratios
Table 2.6 shows the results of the OLS
regression model with the weighted average
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
Appendix 3—Conversion of Total Score
into Initial Base Assessment Rate
10731
an initial assessment rate is based on a
single-variable logistic regression model,
which uses a large IDI’s total score as of yearend 2006 to predict whether the large IDI has
failed on or before year-end 2009. The
logistic model is estimated as:
Chart 3.1 below shows that the total score
can reasonably differentiate large insured
depository institutions that failed after 2006.
The worst 12 percent of insured depository
institutions in terms of their total score as of
year-end 2006 accounted for more than 60
percent of failures over the next three years.
This indicates a high correlation between the
year-end 2006 total score and risk of failure,
as results show that the failure rate was five
times higher for institutions in the top 12
percent.
1 For the purpose of regression analysis, large
institutions that received significant government
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:18 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
support or that came close to failure are deemed to
have failed.
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.024
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
where
Fail is whether a large IDI i. failed on or
before year-end 2009 or not; and 1
Score is a large IDI i’s total score as of yearend 2006.
ER25FE11.025
The formula for converting an insured
depository institution (IDI’s) total score into
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
The plotted points in Chart 3.2 show the
large bank failure probabilities estimated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
from the total scores using the logistic model
and the results are nonlinear.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.026
10732
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 / Rules and Regulations
The calculation of the initial assessment
rates approximates this nonlinear
relationship for scores between 30 and 90.2
A score of 30 or lower results in the
minimum initial base assessment rate and a
score of 90 or higher results in the maximum
initial base assessment rate. Assuming an
assessment rate range of 40 basis points, the
Dated at Washington, DC, this 7th day of
February 2011.
By order of the Board of Directors.
10733
initial base assessment rate for an IDI with a
score greater than 30 and less than 90 is:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Robert E. Feldman,
Executive Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2011–3086 Filed 2–24–11; 8:45 am]
ER25FE11.028
2 The initial assessment rate formula is simplified
while maintaining the nonlinear relationship.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:14 Feb 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
E:\FR\FM\25FER2.SGM
25FER2
ER25FE11.027
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
BILLING CODE 6714–01–P
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 38 (Friday, February 25, 2011)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 10672-10733]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-3086]
[[Page 10671]]
Vol. 76
Friday,
No. 38
February 25, 2011
Part II
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
12 CFR Part 327
Assessments, Large Bank Pricing; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 38 / Friday, February 25, 2011 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 10672]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
12 CFR Part 327
RIN 3064-AD66
Assessments, Large Bank Pricing
AGENCY: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The FDIC is amending its regulations to implement revisions to
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act made by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act (``Dodd-Frank'') by modifying the
definition of an institution's deposit insurance assessment base; to
change the assessment rate adjustments; to revise the deposit insurance
assessment rate schedules in light of the new assessment base and
altered adjustments; to implement Dodd-Frank's dividend provisions; to
revise the large insured depository institution assessment system to
better differentiate for risk and better take into account losses from
large institution failures that the FDIC may incur; and to make
technical and other changes to the FDIC's assessment rules.
DATES: Effective Date: April 1, 2011.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Munsell St. Clair, Chief, Banking and
Regulatory Policy Section, Division of Insurance and Research, (202)
898-8967, Rose Kushmeider, Senior Economist, Division of Insurance and
Research, (202) 898-3861; Heather Etner, Financial Analyst, Division of
Insurance and Research, (202) 898-6796; Lisa Ryu, Chief, Large Bank
Pricing Section, Division of Insurance and Research, (202) 898-3538;
Christine Bradley, Senior Policy Analyst, Banking and Regulatory Policy
Section, Division of Insurance and Research, (202) 898-8951; Brenda
Bruno, Senior Financial Analyst, Division of Insurance and Research,
(630) 241-0359 x 8312; Robert L. Burns, Chief, Exam Support and
Analysis, Division of Supervision and Consumer Protection (704) 333-
3132 x 4215; Christopher Bellotto, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-
3801; and Sheikha Kapoor, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898-3960, 550
17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20429.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Dates
Except as specifically provided, the final rule will take effect
for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011, and will be reflected in the
June 30, 2011, fund balance and the invoices for assessments due
September 30, 2011.
II. Background
A. Current Deposit Insurance Assessments
At present, for deposit insurance assessment purposes, an insured
depository institution is placed into one of four risk categories each
quarter, determined primarily by the institution's capital levels and
supervisory evaluation. Current annual initial base assessment rates
are set forth in Table 1 below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Within Risk Category I, there are different assessment
systems for large and small insured depository institutions, but the
possible range of rates is the same for all insured depository
institutions in Risk Category I.
Table 1--Current Initial Base Assessment Rates \1\ Risk Category
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I *
-------------------------- II III IV
Minimum Maximum
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Rates (in basis points)................. 12 16 22 32 45
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Rates for institutions that do not pay the minimum or maximum rate will vary between these rates.
Within Risk Category I, initial base assessment rates vary between
12 and 16 basis points. For all institutions in Risk Category I, rates
depend upon weighted average CAMELS component ratings and certain
financial ratios. For a large institution (generally, one with at least
$10 billion in assets) that has debt issuer ratings, rates also depend
upon these ratings.
Initial base assessment rates are subject to adjustment. An insured
depository institution's total base assessment rate can vary from its
initial base assessment rate as the result of an unsecured debt
adjustment and a secured liability adjustment. The unsecured debt
adjustment lowers an insured depository institution's initial base
assessment rate using its ratio of long-term unsecured debt (and, for
small insured depository institutions, certain amounts of Tier 1
capital) to domestic deposits.\2\ The secured liability adjustment
increases an insured depository institution's initial base assessment
rate if the insured depository institution's ratio of secured
liabilities to domestic deposits is greater than 25 percent.\3\ In
addition, insured depository institutions in Risk Categories II, III
and IV are subject to an adjustment for large levels of brokered
deposits (the brokered deposit adjustment).\4\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Unsecured debt excludes debt guaranteed by the FDIC under
its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
\3\ The initial base assessment rate cannot increase more than
50 percent as a result of the secured liability adjustment.
\4\ 12 CFR 327.9(d)(7).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After applying all possible adjustments, the current minimum and
maximum total annual base assessment rates for each risk category are
set out in Table 2 below.
[[Page 10673]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25FE11.000
The FDIC may uniformly adjust the total base rate assessment
schedule up or down by up to 3 basis points without further
rulemaking.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ Specifically:
The Board may increase or decrease the total base assessment
rate schedule up to a maximum increase of 3 basis points or a
fraction thereof or a maximum decrease of 3 basis points or a
fraction thereof (after aggregating increases and decreases), as the
Board deems necessary. Any such adjustment shall apply uniformly to
each rate in the total base assessment rate schedule. In no case may
such Board rate adjustments result in a total base assessment rate
that is mathematically less than zero or in a total base assessment
rate schedule that, at any time, is more than 3 basis points above
or below the total base assessment schedule for the Deposit
Insurance Fund, nor may any one such Board adjustment constitute an
increase or decrease of more than 3 basis points.
12 CFR 327.10(c). On October 19, 2010, the FDIC adopted a new
Restoration Plan that foregoes a uniform 3 basis point increase in
assessment rates scheduled to go into effect on January 1, 2011.
Thus, the assessment rates in this final rule reflect that change.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
An institution's assessment is determined by multiplying its
assessment rate by its assessment base. Its assessment base is, and has
historically been, domestic deposits, with some adjustments. (These
adjustments have changed over the years.)
B. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
(Dodd-Frank), enacted in July 2010, revised the statutory authorities
governing the FDIC's management of the Deposit Insurance Fund (the DIF
or the fund). Dodd-Frank granted the FDIC the ability to achieve goals
for fund management that it has sought to achieve for decades but
lacked the tools to accomplish: maintaining a positive fund balance
even during a banking crisis and maintaining moderate, steady
assessment rates throughout economic and credit cycles.
Among other things, Dodd-Frank: (1) Raised the minimum designated
reserve ratio (DRR), which the FDIC must set each year, to 1.35 percent
(from the former minimum of 1.15 percent) and removed the upper limit
on the DRR (which was formerly capped at 1.5 percent) and therefore on
the size of the fund; \6\ (2) required that the fund reserve ratio
reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020 (rather than 1.15 percent by
the end of 2016, as formerly required); \7\ (3) required that, in
setting assessments, the FDIC ``offset the effect of [requiring that
the reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020 rather than
1.15 percent by the end of 2016] on insured depository institutions
with total consolidated assets of less than $10,000,000,000''; \8\ (4)
eliminated the requirement that the FDIC provide dividends from the
fund when the reserve ratio is between 1.35 percent and 1.5 percent;
\9\ and (5) continued the FDIC's authority to declare dividends when
the reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least 1.5
percent, but granted the FDIC sole discretion in determining whether to
suspend or limit
[[Page 10674]]
the declaration or payment of dividends.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ Public Law 111-203, Sec. 334(a), 124 Stat. 1376, 1539 (to
be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(3)(B)).
\7\ Public Law 111-203, Sec. 334(d), 124 Stat. 1376, 1539 (to
be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
\8\ Public Law 111-203, Sec. 334(e), 124 Stat. 1376, 1539 (to
be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
\9\ Public Law 111-203, Sec. 332(d), 124 Stat. 1376, 1539 (to
be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)).
\10\ Public Law 111-203, Sec. 332, 124 Stat. 1376, 1539 (to be
codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)(2)(B)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dodd-Frank also required that the FDIC amend its regulations to
redefine the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance
assessments. Under Dodd-Frank, the assessment base must, with some
possible exceptions, equal average consolidated total assets minus
average tangible equity.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ Public Law 111-203, Sec. 331(b), 124 Stat. 1376, 1538 (to
be codified at 12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on Assessment Dividends, Assessment
Rates and the Designated Reserve Ratio
Given the greater discretion to manage the DIF granted by Dodd-
Frank, the FDIC developed a comprehensive, long-range management plan
for the DIF. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking on Assessment Dividends, Assessment Rates and the Designated
Reserve Ratio (the October NPR) setting out the plan, which is designed
to: (1) Reduce the pro-cyclicality in the existing risk-based
assessment system by allowing moderate, steady assessment rates
throughout economic and credit cycles; and (2) maintain a positive fund
balance even during a banking crisis by setting an appropriate target
fund size and a strategy for assessment rates and dividends.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ 75 FR 66262 (Oct. 27, 2010). Pursuant to the comprehensive
plan, the FDIC also adopted a new Restoration Plan to ensure that
the DIF reserve ratio reaches 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, as
required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act. 75 FR 66293 (Oct. 27, 2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In developing the comprehensive plan, the FDIC analyzed historical
fund losses and used simulated income data from 1950 to the present to
determine how high the reserve ratio would have to have been before the
onset of the two banking crises that occurred during this period to
maintain a positive fund balance and stable assessment rates. Based on
this analysis and the statutory factors that the FDIC must consider
when setting the DRR, the FDIC proposed setting the DRR at 2 percent.
The FDIC also proposed that a moderate assessment rate schedule, based
on the long-term average rate needed to maintain a positive fund
balance, take effect when the fund reserve ratio exceeds 1.15
percent.\13\ This schedule would be lower than the current schedule.
Finally, the FDIC proposed suspending dividends when the fund reserve
ratio exceeds 1.5 percent.\14\ In lieu of dividends, the FDIC proposed
to adopt progressively lower assessment rate schedules when the reserve
ratio exceeds 2 percent and 2.5 percent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ Under section 7 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the
FDIC has authority to set assessments in such amounts as it
determines to be necessary or appropriate. In setting assessments,
the FDIC must consider certain enumerated factors, including the
operating expenses of the DIF, the estimated case resolution
expenses and income of the DIF, and the projected effects of
assessments on the capital and earnings of insured depository
institutions.
\14\ 12 U.S.C. 1817(e)(2), as amended by Sec. 332 of the Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Final Rule Setting the Designated Reserve Ratio
In December 2010, the FDIC adopted a final rule setting the DRR at
2 percent (the DRR final rule), but deferred action on the other
subjects of the October NPR (dividends and assessment rates) until this
final rule. The FDIC's decision to set the DRR at 2 percent was based
partly on additional historical analysis, which is described below.
E. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on the Assessment Base, Assessment
Rate Adjustments and Assessment Rates
In a notice of proposed rulemaking adopted by the FDIC Board on
November 9, 2010 (the Assessment Base NPR), the FDIC proposed to amend
the definition of an institution's deposit insurance assessment base
consistent with the requirements of Dodd-Frank, modify the unsecured
debt adjustment and the brokered deposit adjustment in light of the
changes to the assessment base, add an adjustment for long-term debt
held by an insured depository institution where the debt is issued by
another insured depository institution, and eliminate the secured
liability adjustment. The Assessment Base NPR also proposed revising
the current deposit insurance assessment rate schedule in light of the
larger assessment base required by Dodd-Frank and the revised
adjustments. The FDIC's goal was to determine a rate schedule that
would have generated approximately the same revenue as that generated
under the current rate schedule in the second quarter of 2010 under the
current assessment base. The Assessment Base NPR also proposed
revisions to the rate schedules proposed in the October NPR, in light
of the changes to the assessment base and the adjustments. These
revised rate schedules were also intended to generate the same revenue
as the corresponding rates in the October NPR.
F. Notices of Proposed Rulemaking on the Assessment System Applicable
to Large Insured Depository Institutions
In April 2010, the FDIC adopted a notice of proposed rulemaking
with request for comment to revise the risk-based assessment system for
all large insured depository institutions to better capture risk at the
time large institutions assume the risk, to better differentiate among
institutions for risk and take a more forward-looking view of risk, to
better take into account the losses that the FDIC may incur if such an
insured depository institution fails, and to make technical and other
changes to the rules governing the risk-based assessment system (the
April NPR).\15\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ The preamble to the Large Bank NPR incorrectly summarized
the definition of a ``large institution''; however, the definition
was correct in the proposed regulation. The final rule, like the
proposed regulation, defines a large institution as an insured
depository institution: (1) That had assets of $10 billion or more
as of December 31, 2006 (unless, by reporting assets of less than
$10 billion for four consecutive quarters since then, it has become
a small institution); or (2) that had assets of less than $10
billion as of December 31, 2006, but has since had $10 billion or
more in total assets for at least four consecutive quarters, whether
or not the institution is new. In almost all cases, an insured
depository institution that has had $10 billion or more in total
assets for four consecutive quarters will have a CAMELS rating;
however, in the rare event that such an institution has not yet
received a CAMELS rating, it will be given a weighted average CAMELS
rating of 2 for assessment purposes until actual CAMELS ratings are
assigned. An insured branch of a foreign bank is excluded from the
definition of a large institution.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Largely as a result of changes made by Dodd-Frank and the
Assessment Base NPR, the FDIC reissued its proposal applicable to large
insured depository institutions for comment on November 9, 2010 (the
Large Bank NPR), taking into account comments received on the April
NPR.
In the Large Bank NPR, the FDIC proposed eliminating risk
categories and the use of long-term debt issuer ratings for large
institutions, using a scorecard method to calculate assessment rates
for large and highly complex institutions, and retaining the ability to
make a limited adjustment after considering information not included in
the scorecard. In the Large Bank NPR, the FDIC stated that it would not
make adjustments until the guidelines for making such adjustments are
published for comment and subsequently adopted by the FDIC Board.
G. Update of Historical Analysis of Loss, Income and Reserve Ratios
The analysis set out in the October NPR to determine how high the
reserve ratio would have had to have been to have maintained both a
positive fund
[[Page 10675]]
balance and stable assessment rates from 1950 through 2010 assumed
assessment rates based upon an assessment base related to domestic
deposits rather than the assessment base required by Dodd-Frank
(average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity).\16\
The FDIC undertook additional analysis (described in the DRR final rule
and repeated here) to determine how the results of the original
analysis would change had the new assessment base been in place from
1950 to 2010. Due to the larger assessment base resulting from Dodd-
Frank, the constant nominal assessment rate required to maintain a
positive fund balance from 1950 to 2010 would have been 5.29 basis
points (compared with 8.47 basis points using a domestic-deposit-
related assessment base). (See Chart 1.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ The historical analysis contained in the October NPR is
incorporated herein by reference.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The assessment base resulting from Dodd-Frank, had it been applied
to prior years, would have been larger than the domestic-deposit-
related assessment base, and the rates of growth of the two assessment
bases would have differed both over time and from each other. At any
given time, therefore, applying a constant nominal rate of 8.47 basis
points to the domestic-deposit-related assessment base would not
necessarily have yielded exactly the same revenue as applying 5.29
basis points to the Dodd-Frank assessment base.
Despite these differences, the new analysis applying a 5.29 basis
point assessment rate to the Dodd-Frank assessment base resulted in
peak reserve ratios prior to the two crises similar to those seen when
applying an 8.47 basis point assessment rate to a domestic- deposit-
related assessment base.\17\ (See Chart 2.) Both analyses show that the
fund reserve ratio would have needed to be approximately 2 percent or
more before the onset of the 1980s and 2008 crises to maintain both a
positive fund balance and stable assessment rates, assuming, in lieu of
dividends, that the long-term industry average nominal assessment rate
would have been reduced by 25 percent when the reserve ratio reached 2
percent, and by 50 percent when the reserve ratio reached 2.5
percent.\18\ Eliminating dividends and reducing rates would have
successfully limited rate volatility, whichever assessment base was
used.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ Using the domestic-deposit-related assessment base, reserve
ratios would have peaked at 2.31 percent and 2.01 percent before the
two crises. (See Chart G in the October NPR.) Using the Dodd-Frank
assessment base, reserve ratios would have peaked at 2.27 percent
and 1.95 percent before the two crises.
\18\ Dodd-Frank provides that the assessment base be changed to
average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. See
Public Law 111-203, Sec. 331(b). For this simulation, from 1990 to
2010, the assessment base equals year-end total industry assets
minus Tier 1 capital. For earlier years (before the Tier 1 capital
measure existed) it equals year-end total industry assets minus
total equity. Other than as noted, the methodology used in the
additional analysis was the same as that used in the October NPR.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25FE11.001
[[Page 10676]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25FE11.002
H. Scope of the Final Rule
This final rule encompasses all of the proposals contained in the
October NPR, the Assessment Base NPR and the Large Bank NPR, except the
proposal setting the DRR, which was covered in the DRR final rule.
I. Structure of the Next Sections of the Preamble
The next sections of this preamble are structured as follows:
Section II briefly discusses the number of comments
received;
Section III discusses the portion of the final rule
related to changes to the assessment base and adjustments to assessment
rates proposed in the Assessment Base NPR;
Subsection IV discusses the portion of the final rule
related to dividends and assessment rates proposed in the Assessment
Base NPR and the October NPR; and
Subsection V discusses the portion of the final rule
related to the assessment system applicable to large insured depository
institutions proposed in the Large Bank NPR.
III. Comments Received
The FDIC sought comments on every aspect of the proposed rules. The
FDIC received a total of 55 written comments on the October NPR, the
Assessment Base NPR and the Large Bank NPR, although some were
duplicative. Comments are discussed in the relevant sections below.
IV. The Final Rule: The Assessment Base and Adjustments to Assessment
Rates
A. Assessment Base
As stated above, Dodd-Frank requires that the FDIC amend its
regulations to redefine the assessment base used for calculating
deposit insurance assessments. Specifically, Dodd-Frank directs the
FDIC:
To define the term ``assessment base'' with respect to an
insured depository institution * * * as an amount equal to--
(1) the average consolidated total assets of the insured
depository institution during the assessment period; minus
(2) the sum of--
(A) the average tangible equity of the insured depository
institution during the assessment period, and
(B) in the case of an insured depository institution that is a
custodial bank (as defined by the Corporation, based on factors
including the percentage of total revenues generated by custodial
businesses and the level of assets under custody) or a banker's bank
(as that term is used in * * * (12 U.S.C. 24)), an amount that the
Corporation determines is necessary to establish assessments
consistent with the definition under section 7(b)(1) of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(1)) for a custodial bank or
a banker's bank.\19\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,
Public Law 111-203, Sec. 331(b), 124 Stat. 1376, 1538 (codified at
12 U.S.C. 1817(nt)).
To implement this requirement, the FDIC, in this final rule,
defines ``average consolidated total assets,'' ``average tangible
equity,'' and ``tangible equity,'' and sets forth the basis for
reporting consolidated total assets and tangible equity.
To establish assessments consistent with the definition of the
``risk-based assessment system'' under the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act (the FDI Act), Dodd-Frank also requires the FDIC to determine
whether and to what extent adjustments to the assessment base are
appropriate for banker's banks and custodial banks. The final rule
outlines these adjustments and provides a definition of ``custodial
bank.''
1. Average Consolidated Total Assets
The final rule, like the proposed rule, requires that all insured
depository institutions report their average consolidated total assets
using the accounting methodology established for reporting total assets
as applied to Line 9 of Schedule RC-K of the Consolidated
[[Page 10677]]
Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report) (that is, the methodology
established by Schedule RC-K regarding when to use amortized cost,
historical cost, or fair value, and how to treat deferred tax effects).
The final rule differs from the proposed rule, however, by allowing
certain institutions to report average consolidated total assets on a
weekly, rather than daily, basis. The final rule requires institutions
with total assets greater than or equal to $1 billion and all
institutions that are newly insured after March 31, 2011, to average
their balances as of the close of business for each day during the
calendar quarter. Institutions with less than $1 billion in quarter-end
consolidated total assets on their March 31, 2011 Call Report or Thrift
Financial Report (TFR) may report an average of the balances as of the
close of business on each Wednesday during the calendar quarter or may,
at any time, permanently opt to calculate average consolidated total
assets on a daily basis. Once an institution that reports average
consolidated total assets using a weekly average reports average
consolidated total assets of $1 billion or more for two consecutive
quarters, it shall permanently report average consolidated total assets
using daily averaging starting in the next quarter.
While some commenters supported the requirement that all
institutions average their assets using daily balances, one trade group
requested that all institutions be allowed to choose between daily and
weekly averages. In the FDIC's view, institutions with at least $1
billion in assets should be able to compute averages using daily
balances. (Many already do so.) However, to avoid imposing transition
costs on smaller institutions (those with less than $1 billion in
assets), the final rule allows these institutions to calculate an
average of Wednesday asset balances, unless they opt permanently to
report daily averages.\20\ Newly insured institutions incur no
transition costs (since they have no existing systems) and, thus, must
average using daily balances.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ Institutions currently may report a daily average or an
average of Wednesday assets on Call Report Schedule RC-K.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the final rule, an institution's daily average consolidated
total assets equal the sum of the gross amount of consolidated total
assets for each calendar day during the quarter divided by the number
of calendar days in the quarter. An institution's weekly average
consolidated total assets equal the sum of the gross amount of
consolidated total assets for each Wednesday during the quarter divided
by the number of Wednesdays in the quarter. For days that an office of
the reporting institution (or any of its subsidiaries or branches) is
closed (e.g., Saturdays, Sundays, or holidays), the amounts outstanding
from the previous business day will be used. An office is considered
closed if there are no transactions posted to the general ledger as of
that date.
In the case of a merger or consolidation, the calculation of the
average assets of the surviving or resulting institution must include
the assets of all the merged or consolidated institutions for the days
in the quarter prior to the merger or consolidation, regardless of the
method used to account for the merger or consolidation.
In the case of an insured depository institution that is the parent
company of other insured depository institutions, the final rule, like
the proposed rule, requires that the parent insured depository
institution report its daily or weekly, average consolidated total
assets without consolidating its insured depository institution
subsidiaries into the calculations.\21\ Because of intercompany
transactions, a simple subtraction of the subsidiary insured depository
institutions' assets and equity from the parent insured depository
institution's assets and equity will not usually result in an accurate
statement of the parent insured depository institution's assets and
equity. This treatment is consistent with current assessment base
practice and ensures that all parent insured depository institutions
are assessed only for their own assessment base and not that of their
subsidiary insured depository institutions, which will be assessed
separately.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ The amount of the institution's average consolidated total
assets without consolidating its insured depository institution
subsidiaries determines whether the institution may report a weekly
average.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For all other subsidiaries, assets, including those eliminated in
consolidation, will also be calculated using a daily or weekly
averaging method, corresponding to the daily or weekly averaging
requirement of the parent institution. The final rule clarifies that
Call Report instructions in effect for the quarter being reported will
govern calculation of the average amount of subsidiaries' assets,
including those eliminated in consolidation. Current Call Report
instructions state that the calculation should be for the same quarter
as the assets reported by the parent institution to the extent
practicable, but in no case differ by more than one quarter. However,
under the final rule, once an institution reports the average amount of
subsidiaries' assets, including those eliminated in consolidation,
using concurrent data, the institution must do so for all subsequent
quarters.
Finally, for insured branches of foreign banks, as in the proposed
rule, average consolidated total assets are defined as total assets of
the branch (including net due from related depository institutions) in
accordance with the schedule of assets and liabilities in the Report of
Assets and Liabilities of U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks,
but using the accounting methodology for reporting total assets
established in Schedule RC-K of the Call Report, and calculated using
the appropriate daily or weekly averaging method as described above.
In choosing to require all but smaller insured institutions to
report ``average consolidated total assets'' using daily averaging, the
FDIC sought to develop a measure that would be a truer reflection of
the assessment base during the entire quarter.\22\ By using a
methodology already established in the Call Report, the FDIC believes
the reporting requirements for the new assessment base will be
minimized. Finally, by using the Call Report methodology for reporting
average consolidated total assets, all institutions will report average
consolidated total assets consistently.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ In this way, the daily averaging requirement is consistent
with the actions taken by the FDIC in 2006 when it determined that
using quarter-end deposit data as a proxy for balances over an
entire quarter did not accurately reflect an insured depository
institution's typical deposit level. As a result, the FDIC required
certain institutions to report a daily average deposit assessment
base.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Comments
Commenters favored the use of an existing measure for average
consolidated total assets because it will minimize the burden of the
rulemaking on institutions.
A few commenters suggested that the FDIC deduct goodwill and
intangibles from average consolidated total assets. According to one
commenter, a loss in value or write-off of goodwill (unlike other
assets) poses no additional risk of loss to the FDIC in the event of a
failure of an insured institution; goodwill is not an asset for which
the FDIC as receiver could have any expectation of recovery. Moreover,
failing to deduct goodwill could lead to anomalous results--two
institutions that merge and create goodwill would have a combined
assessment base greater than the sum of the two assessment bases
separately. The FDIC is not persuaded by these
[[Page 10678]]
arguments. Dodd-Frank specifically states that the assessment base
should be ``average consolidated total assets minus average tangible
equity.'' Subtracting intangibles from assets as well as equity negates
the purposeful use of the word ``tangible'' in the definition of the
new assessment base and, in the FDIC's view, is counter to the intent
of Congress.
A number of commenters stated that the FDIC should exclude
transactions between affiliated banks from the assessment base to avoid
double counting the assets associated with these transactions in the
assessment base. Commenters acknowledge that the FDIC currently
assesses deposits received from affiliated banks, but believe that,
with the requirement to change the assessment base, the FDIC should now
exclude transactions between affiliated banks. The FDIC has generally
assessed risk at the insured institution level and is not persuaded to
change this practice.
3. Tangible Equity
The final rule, like the proposed rule, uses Tier 1 capital as the
definition of tangible equity. Although this measure does not eliminate
all intangibles, it eliminates many of them, and it requires no
additional reporting by insured depository institutions. The FDIC may
reconsider the definition of tangible equity once new Basel capital
definitions have been implemented.
The final rule, like the proposed rule, defines the averaging
period for tangible equity to be monthly; however, institutions that
report less than $1 billion in quarter-end consolidated total assets on
their March 31, 2011 Call Report or TFR may report average tangible
equity using an end-of-quarter balance or may, at any time, opt to
report average tangible equity using a monthly average balance
permanently. Once an institution that reports average tangible equity
using an end-of-quarter balance reports average consolidated total
assets of $1 billion or more for two consecutive quarters, it shall
permanently report average tangible equity using monthly averaging
starting in the next quarter. Newly insured institutions must report
monthly averages. Monthly averaging means the average of the three
month-end balances within the quarter. For the surviving institution in
a merger or consolidation, Tier 1 capital must be calculated as if the
merger occurred on the first day of the quarter in which the merger or
consolidation actually occurred.
Under the final rule, as in the proposed rule, an insured
depository institution with one or more consolidated insured depository
institution subsidiaries must report average tangible equity (or end-
of-quarter tangible equity, as appropriate) without consolidating its
insured depository institution subsidiaries into the calculations. This
requirement conforms to the method for reporting consolidated total
assets above and ensures that all parent insured depository
institutions will be assessed only on their own assessment base and not
that of their subsidiary insured depository institutions.
As in the proposed rule, an insured depository institution that
reports average tangible equity using a monthly averaging method and
that has subsidiaries that are not insured depository institutions must
use monthly average data for the subsidiaries. The monthly average data
for these subsidiaries, however, may be calculated for the current
quarter or for the prior quarter consistent with the method used to
report average consolidated total assets.
As in the proposed rule, for insured branches of foreign banks,
tangible equity is defined as eligible assets (determined in accordance
with Section 347.210 of the FDIC's regulations) less the book value of
liabilities (exclusive of liabilities due to the foreign bank's head
office, other branches, agencies, offices, or wholly owned
subsidiaries). This value is to be calculated on a monthly average or
end-of-quarter basis, according to the branch's size.
The FDIC does not foresee a need for any institution to report
daily average balances for tangible equity, since the components of
tangible equity appear to be subject to less fluctuation than are
consolidated total assets. Thus, the definition of average tangible
equity in the final rule achieves a true reflection of tangible equity
over the entire quarter by requiring monthly averaging of capital for
institutions that account for the majority of industry assets and end-
of-quarter balances for all other institutions.
Defining tangible equity as Tier 1 capital provides a clearly
understood capital buffer for the DIF in the event of the institution's
failure, while avoiding an increase in regulatory burden that a new
definition of capital could cause.\23\ This methodology should not
increase regulatory burden, since institutions with assets of $1
billion or more generally compute their regulatory capital ratios no
less frequently than monthly. To minimize regulatory burden for small
institutions, the proposal allows these institutions to report an end-
of-quarter balance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ The changes needed to implement the new assessment base
will require the FDIC to collect some information from insured
depository institutions that is not currently collected on the Call
Report or TFR. However, the burden of requiring new data will be
partly offset by allowing some assessment data that are currently
collected to be deleted from the Call Report or TFR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Comments
A number of commenters explicitly supported the use of Tier 1
capital for average tangible equity because this would minimize the
burden of the rulemaking on institutions. One trade group asked that
institutions with less than $10 billion in assets (as opposed to less
than $1 billion) be allowed to report end-of-quarter balances rather
than an average of month-end balances on the grounds that these
institutions experience few fluctuations in capital and allowing them
to report end-of-quarter balances would reduce burden. The FDIC
believes that many institutions of this size already determine their
capital more frequently than once a quarter, so that the requested
change is not needed.
5. Banker's Bank Adjustment
Like the proposed rule, the final rule will require a banker's bank
to certify on its Call Report or TFR that it meets the definition of
``banker's bank'' as that term is used in 12 U.S.C. 24. The self-
certification will be subject to verification by the FDIC. The final
rule, however, clarifies that banker's banks that have funds from
government capital infusion programs (such as TARP and the Small
Business Lending Fund), stock owned by the FDIC resulting from bank
failures or stock that is issued as part of an equity compensation
program will not be excluded from the definition of banker's bank
solely for these reasons.\24\ As in the proposed rule, for an
institution that meets the definition (with the exception noted below),
the FDIC will exclude from its assessment base the average amount of
reserve balances ``passed through'' to the Federal Reserve, the average
amount of reserve balances held at the Federal Reserve for the
institution's own account, and the average amount of the institution's
federal funds sold. (In each case, the average is to be calculated
daily or weekly depending on how the
[[Page 10679]]
institution calculates its average consolidated total assets.) The
collective amount of this exclusion, however, cannot exceed the sum of
the bank's average amount of total deposits of commercial banks and
other depository institutions in the United States and the average
amount of its federal funds purchased. (Again, in each case, the
average is to be calculated daily or weekly depending on how the
institution calculates its average consolidated total assets.) Thus,
for example, if a banker's bank has a total average balance of $300
million of federal funds sold plus reserve balances (including pass-
through reserve balances), and it has a total average balance of $200
million of deposits from commercial banks and other depository
institutions and federal funds purchased, it can deduct $200 million
from its assessment base. Federal funds purchased and sold on an agency
basis will not be included in these calculations as they are not
reported on the balance sheet of a banker's bank.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ Some commenters had asked that the FDIC use the definition
of banker's bank contained in 12 U.S.C. 461(b)(9) (which is repeated
verbatim in the implementing regulation, 12 CFR 204.121) in lieu of
12 U.S.C. 24. The definition of banker's bank in the final rule
adheres to the requirement in Dodd-Frank that the potential
assessment base reduction apply to banker's banks ``as that term is
used in * * * 12 U.S.C. 24.'' However, in the FDIC's view, the
clarification in the preamble should meet the concerns of these
commenters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As in the proposed rule, the assessment base adjustment applicable
to a banker's bank is only available to an institution that conducts
less than 50 percent of its business with affiliates (as defined in
section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) and
section 2 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1462)). Providing a
benefit to a banker's bank that primarily serves affiliated companies
would undermine the intent of the benefit by providing a way for
banking companies to reduce deposit insurance assessments simply by
establishing a subsidiary for that purpose.
Currently, the corresponding deposit liabilities that result in
``pass-through'' reserve balances are excluded from the assessment
base. The final rule, like the proposal, retains this exception for
banker's banks.
A typical banker's bank provides liquidity and other services to
its member banks that may result in higher than average amounts of
federal funds purchased and deposits from other insured depository
institutions and financial institutions on a banker's bank's balance
sheet. To offset its relatively high levels of these short-term
liabilities, a banker's bank often holds a relatively high amount of
federal funds sold and reserve balances for its own account. The final
rule, therefore, like the proposed rule, adjusts the assessment base of
a banker's bank to reflect its greater need to maintain liquidity to
service its member banks.
6. Comments
Several commenters addressed the issue of providing an adjustment
to banker's banks. The most common comment among the respondents was a
concern that the adjustment for federal funds sold may have unintended
consequences for the federal funds market. The commenters argued that
federal funds are generally sold on thin margins and that, if non-
banker's banks pay even a few basis points of FDIC assessments on
federal funds sold when banker's banks do not, the non-banker's banks
will not be able to compete in this market. The comments further state
that banker's banks alone cannot provide sufficient funding to maintain
the federal funds market at its current size and that by providing a
deduction from assets solely for banker's banks, the proposal could
potentially lead to a considerable contraction of the federal funds
market with detrimental implications for bank liquidity. The comments
suggested that the FDIC provide a deduction for federal funds sold for
all insured depository institutions or, alternatively, assign a zero
premium weight to federal funds sold for all institutions.
The FDIC recognizes that, by allowing banker's banks to subtract
federal funds sold from their assessment base, the cost of providing
those funds for banker's banks will be reduced relative to other banks
that are not afforded such a deduction. However, there is no uniform
assessment rate for all banks, and since assessment rates will now be
applied to an assessment base of average consolidated total assets, the
cost--due to the assessment rate--of providing federal funds will
potentially differ for every institution. While banker's banks may gain
an incentive to sell more federal funds than they currently have and
may gain a larger profit from doing so than would some other banks, it
is not clear, a priori, what their total cost of funding will be, given
that the assessment rate is only one factor in the cost of providing
federal funds. Further, it is not likely that non-banker's banks will
completely withdraw from providing federal funds as long as the market
finds such funding more attractive than the alternatives.
Three commenters called for all excess reserve balances maintained
by banker's banks to be included in the banker's bank deduction; some
also called for the FDIC to allow a deduction for balances due from
other banks. The FDIC clarifies that the proposed deduction for reserve
balances held at the Federal Reserve would include all balances due
from the Federal Reserve as reported on Schedule RC-A, line 4 of the
Call Report. Balances due from other banks include assets that are
relatively less liquid, such as time deposits. The FDIC does not
believe it is appropriate to include these balances in the banker's
bank deduction.
One banker's bank argues that banker's banks are subject to
``double taxation'' because every dollar on deposit has been received
from another bank that is also being assessed a deposit insurance
premium on its deposits. In the FDIC's view, there is no double
assessment, since each institution is receiving the benefit of deposit
insurance and is paying for it. This view is consistent with the
treatment of interbank deposits under the current deposit insurance
assessment system, which includes these deposits in an institution's
assessment base.
Another bank argues that there is no reasonable basis to deny the
banker's bank assessment base deduction to banker's banks that conduct
business primarily with affiliated insured depository institutions.
This bank also argues that the interaffiliate transactions that such a
banker's bank engages in result in counting the same assets twice, once
at the banker's bank and again at its affiliate, although overall risk
is not increased because of cross-guarantees. The FDIC believes that,
while such a bank may meet the technical definition of a banker's bank,
it does not serve the same function as a true banker's bank. Moreover,
as discussed above, the FDIC has generally assessed risk at the insured
depository institution level (for example, it currently assesses
separately on interaffiliate deposits) and is not persuaded to change
this practice. The FDIC cannot invariably collect on cross-guarantees
from affiliated institutions, since the guarantor may also be insolvent
or could be made insolvent by fulfilling the guarantee.
7. Custodial Bank Definition
The final rule identifies custodial banks as insured depository
institutions with previous calendar year-end trust assets (that is,
fiduciary and custody and safekeeping assets, as reported on Schedule
RC-T of the Call Report) of at least $50 billion or those insured
depository institutions that derived more than 50 percent of their
revenue (interest income plus non-interest income) from trust activity
over the previous calendar year. Using this definition, the FDIC
estimates that 62 insured depository institutions would have qualified
as custodial banks for deposit insurance purposes using data as of
December 31, 2009.
[[Page 10680]]
This definition differs from the definition in the Assessment Base
NPR, in that it expands the definition to include fiduciary assets and
revenue as well as custody and safekeeping assets and revenue.
Commenters have convinced the FDIC that fiduciary accounts have a
custodial component, which, in many cases, is the primary reason for
the account. This change will mean that more institutions will qualify
under the definition.
8. Custodial Bank Adjustment
The final rule states that the assessment base adjustment for
custodial banks should be the daily or weekly average--in accordance
with the way the bank reports its average consolidated total assets--of
a certain amount of low-risk assets--designated as assets with a Basel
risk weighting of 0 percent, regardless of maturity,\25\ plus 50
percent of those assets with a Basel risk weighting of 20 percent,
again regardless of maturity \26\--subject to the limitation that the
daily or weekly average value of these assets cannot exceed the daily
or weekly average value of those deposits classified as transaction
accounts (as reported on Schedule RC-E of the Call Report) and
identified by the institution as being directly linked to a fiduciary
or custodial and safekeeping account.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ Specifically, all asset types described in the instructions
to lines 34, 35, 36, and 37 of Schedule RC-R of the Call Report as
of December 31, 2010 with a Basel risk weight of 0 percent,
regardless of maturity. These types of assets are also currently
reported on corresponding line items in the TFR. These same asset
types will be used regardless of changes to the Call Report or TFR.
\26\ Specifically, 50 percent of those asset types described in
the instructions to lines 34, 35, 36, and 37 of Schedule RC-R of the
Call Report (or corresponding items in the TFR) with a Basel risk
weighting of 20 percent. These types of assets are also currently
reported on corresponding line items in the TFR. These same asset
types will be used regardless of changes to the Call Report or TFR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The final rule differs from the Assessment Base NPR in that it
allows the deduction of all 0 percent risk-weighed assets and 50
percent of 20 percent risk-weighted assets without regard to specific
maturity (although the purpose of the 50 percent reduction in the 20
percent risk weighted assets is to apply a sufficient haircut to those
assets to account for the risk posed by longer-term maturities). Again
based upon comments, the FDIC has concluded that transaction accounts
associated with fiduciary and custody and safekeeping assets generally
display the characteristics of core deposits, justifying a relaxation
of the maturity length requirement in the proposal.\27\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ All of the commenters on the issue disagreed with limiting
the assets eligible for the deduction to those with a stated
maturity of 30 days or less. Most of the comments noted that assets
with 20 percent or lower Basel risk weightings are high-quality and
liquid, regardless of maturity, and one commenter stated that any
breakdown of these assets by maturity would require additional
reporting as such information is not currently collected. A number
of the comments noted that the maturity of an asset is not the only
indicator of the asset's liquidity. Comments from the banks
generally argued that custodial deposits are relatively stable--akin
to core deposits, rather than wholesale deposits--and, as such, it
would be imprudent for them to manage their portfolios by matching
these deposits strictly to assets with a maturity of 30 days or
less.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The final rule also differs from the proposed rule in two other
ways. First, it allows a deduction up to the daily or weekly average
value of those deposits classified as transaction accounts that are
identified by the institution as being linked to a fiduciary or
custodial and safekeeping account. The final rule includes fiduciary
accounts, rather than just custodial and safekeeping accounts, for the
reasons stated above. Second, the final rule limits the deduction to
transaction accounts, rather than all deposit accounts, because
deposits generated in the course of providing custodial services
(regardless of whether there is a fiduciary aspect to the account) are
used for payments and clearing purposes, as opposed to deposits held in
non-transaction accounts, which may be part of a wealth management
strategy.
B. Assessment Rate Adjustments
In February 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule incorporating three
adjustments into the risk-based pricing system.\28\ These adjustments--
the unsecured debt adjustment, the secured liability adjustment, and
the brokered deposit adjustment--were added to better account for risk
among insured depository institutions based on their funding sources.
In light of the changes to the deposit insurance assessment base
required by Dodd-Frank, the final rule modifies these adjustments. In
addition, the final rule adds an adjustment for long-term debt held by
an insured depository institution where the debt is issued by another
insured depository institution.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ 74 FR 9525 (March 4, 2009).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Unsecured Debt Adjustment
The final rule maintains the long-term unsecured debt adjustment,
but the amount of the adjustment is now equal to the amount of long-
term unsecured liabilities \29\ an insured depository institution
reports times the sum of 40 basis points plus the institution's initial
base assessment rate divided by the amount of the institution's new
assessment base; that is: \30\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ Unsecured debt remains as defined in the 2009 Final Rule on
Assessments, with the exceptions (discussed below) of the exclusion
of Qualified Tier 1 capital and certain redeemable debt. See 74 FR
9537 (March 4, 2009).
\30\ The IBAR is the institution's initial base assessment rate.
UDA = (Long-term unsecured liabilities/New assessment base) * (40 basis
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
points + IBAR)
Thus, if an institution with a $10 billion assessment base issued
$100 million in long-term unsecured liabilities and had an initial base
assessment rate of 20 basis points, its unsecured debt adjustment would
be 0.6 basis points, which would result in an annual reduction in the
institution's assessment of $600,000.
All other things equal, greater amounts of long-term unsecured debt
can reduce the FDIC's loss in the event of a failure, thus reducing the
risk to the DIF. Because of this, under the current assessment system,
an insured depository institution's assessment rate is reduced through
the unsecured debt adjustment, which is based on the amount of long-
term, unsecured liabilities the insured depository institution issues.
Adding the initial base assessment rate to the adjustment formula
maintains the value of the incentive to issue long-term unsecured debt,
providing insured depository institutions with the same incentive to
issue long-term unsecured debt that they have under the current
assessment system.
Unless this revision is made, the cost of issuing long-term
unsecured liabilities will rise (as will the cost of funding for all
other liabilities except, in most cases, domestic deposits) as there
will no longer be a distinction, in terms of the cost of deposit
insurance, among the types of liabilities funding the new assessment
base. The FDIC remains concerned that this will reduce the incentive
for insured depository institutions to issue long-term unsecured debt.
Therefore, the final rule, like the proposed rule, revises the
adjustment so that the relative cost of issuing long-term unsecured
debt will not rise with the implementation of the new assessment base.
The final rule, like the proposed rule, also changes the cap on the
unsecured debt adjustment from the current 5 basis points to the lesser
of 5 basis points or 50 percent of the institution's initial base
assessment rate. This cap will apply to the new assessment base. This
change allows the maximum dollar amount of the unsecured debt
adjustment to increase because the assessment base is larger, but
ensures that the assessment rate after the
[[Page 10681]]
adjustment is applied does not fall to zero.
In addition, the final rule, like the proposed rule, eliminates
Qualified Tier 1 capital from the definition of unsecured debt. Under
the current assessment system, the unsecured debt adjustment includes
certain amounts of Tier 1 capital (Qualified Tier 1 capital) for
insured depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
Since the new assessment base excludes Tier 1 capital, defining long-
term, unsecured liabilities to include Qualified Tier 1 capital would
have the effect of providing a double deduction for this capital.
Finally, the final rule, unlike the proposed rule, slightly alters
the definition of long-term unsecured debt. At present, and under the
proposed rule, long-term unsecured debt is defined as long-term if the
unsecured debt has at least one year remaining until maturity. The
final rule provides that long-term unsecured debt is long-term if the
debt has at least one year remaining until maturity, unless the
investor or holder of the debt has a redemption option that is
exercisable within one year of the reporting date. Such a redemption
option negates the benefit of long-term debt to the DIF.
2. Comments
Some commenters expressed support for increasing the adjustment to
40 basis points plus the initial base assessment rate.
A number of commenters believed that the long-term unsecured
liability definition should be expanded to include short-term unsecured
liabilities, uninsured deposits and foreign office deposits or all
liabilities subordinate to the FDIC. A few commenters also stated that
the original, rather than remaining, maturity of unsecured debt should
be used to determine whether unsecured debt qualifies as long term.
The FDIC does not believe that the definition of long-term
liabilities should be expanded. Short-term unsecured liabilities
(including those that were long-term at issuance) provide less
protection to the DIF in the event of failure. By the time an
institution fails, unsecured debt remaining at an institution is
primarily longer-term debt that has not yet come due. Thus, providing a
benefit for short-term unsecured debt does not make sense, since this
kind of debt is unlikely to provide any cushion to absorb losses in the
event of failure. Similarly, the FDIC does not agree that unsecured
debt should include foreign office deposits, since there is likely to
be a significant reduction in these deposits by the time of failure. In
addition, while, under U.S. law, foreign deposits are subordinate to
domestic deposits in the event an institution fails, they can be
subject to asset ring-fencing that effectively makes them similar to
secured liabilities.
One commenter stated that the long-term unsecured liability
definition should include goodwill and other intangibles. The FDIC does
not agree. The purpose of this adjustment is to provide an incentive
for insured depository institutions to issue long-term unsecured debt
to absorb losses in the event an institution fails. Goodwill and other
intangibles are assets (rather than liabilities) and they provide
little to no value to the FDIC in a resolution.
One commenter recommended that the unsecured debt adjustment cap
should be increased or removed. The commenter argued that all long-term
unsecured claims subordinate to the FDIC reduce the FDIC's risk equally
and the cap artificially and arbitrarily mutes the effect. Further, the
commenter noted that a bank with a lower initial base assessment rate
and arguably less risk to the FDIC should not have a lower cap simply
due to its lower initial base assessment rate. The FDIC disagrees. An
excessive deduction could create moral hazard. While the FDIC
acknowledges that an institution with a lower initial base assessment
rate may have a lower cap than one with a higher initial base
assessment rate, the FDIC believes that, to avoid the potential for
moral hazard that would ensue from an assessment rate at or near zero,
all institutions should pay some assessment. Thus, setting the cap at
half of the initial base assessment rate is appropriate.
3. Depository Institution Debt Adjustment
Like the proposed rule, the final rule creates a new adjustment,
the depository institution debt adjustment (DIDA), which is meant to
offset the benefit received by institutions that issue long-term,
unsecured liabilities when those liabilities are held by other insured
depository institutions.\31\ However, in response to comments, the
final rule allows an institution to exclude from the unsecured debt
amount used in calculating the DIDA an amount equal to no more than 3
percent of the institution's Tier 1 capital as posing de minimis risk.
Therefore, the final rule will apply a 50 basis point DIDA to every
dollar (above 3 percent of an institution's Tier 1 capital) of long-
term unsecured debt held by an insured depository institution when that
debt is issued by another insured depository institution.\32\
Specifically, the adjustment will be determined according to the
following formula:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ For this reason, the long-term unsecured debt that is
subject to the DIDA is defined in the same manner as the long-term
unsecured debt that qualifies for the unsecured debt adjustment.
\32\ Debt issued by an entity other than an insured depository
institution, including such an uninsured entity that owns or
controls, either directly or indirectly, an insured depository
institution, is not subject to the DIDA.
DIDA = [(Long-term unsecured debt issued by another insured depository
institution--3% * Tier 1 capital) * 50 basis points]/New assessment
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
base
An institution should use the same valuation methodology to
calculate the amount of long-term unsecured debt issued by another
insured depository institution that